PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-10719167-B2
Application Number: US-201916361109-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B2

Title: Systems, devices and methods for dynamically providing user interface secondary display

Abstract:
A method is performed at a computing system including: a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing (i) a physical keyboard and (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display (TSSD) distinct from the primary display. The method includes: receiving a request to open a file associated with a content-editing application. The method further includes, in response to receiving the request: displaying, on the primary display, content from the file within the content-editing application; and also displaying, on the TSSD, a user interface including multiple user interface elements each associated with a content-display parameter for modifying presentation of content within the content-editing application.

Claims:
What is claimed is: 
     
       1. A method, comprising:
 at a computing system comprising one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing (i) a physical keyboard and (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display:
 receiving a request to open a file associated with a content-editing application; 
 in response to receiving the request:
 displaying, on the primary display, first content of a first type and second content of a second type, that is distinct from the first type, from the file within the content-editing application; and 
 displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface comprising multiple user interface elements each associated with a respective content-display parameter for modifying presentation of content within the content-editing application; 
 
 detecting a first input that selects the first content of the first type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; 
 in response to detecting the first input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a first content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; 
 detecting a second input that selects the second content of the second type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; and 
 in response to detecting the second input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a second content-display parameter, different from the first content-display parameter, for modifying presentation of the content of the second type. 
 
 
     
     
       2. The method of  claim 1 , further comprising:
 detecting selection, at the user interface displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for a respective content-display parameter associated with one of the multiple user interface elements; 
 receiving a second input that adds new content within the content-editing application that is displayed on the primary display; and 
 in response to receiving the second input, displaying on the primary display the new content using the selected value for the respective content-display parameter. 
 
     
     
       3. The method of  claim 2 , wherein the detecting the selection includes:
 detecting, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements; 
 in response to the selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements, updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include respective user interface elements that each corresponds to a different value for the respective content-display parameter that is associated with the one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the selected value is one of the different values. 
 
     
     
       4. The method of  claim 3 , wherein:
 the respective content-display parameter is a visual characteristic of color, and 
 each of the respective user interface elements corresponds to a distinct shade of color. 
 
     
     
       5. The method of  claim 1 , further comprising:
 while the first content of the first type is selected at the primary display:
 detecting selection, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for the first content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; and 
 in response to detecting the selection, updating the primary display to modify presentation of the first content of the first type based on the selected value. 
 
 
     
     
       6. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the first content of the first type is textual content, and the second content of the second type is graphical content. 
     
     
       7. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the control associated with the first content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for selecting a color that is used to present content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       8. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the control associated with the first content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for highlighting content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       9. The method of  claim 1 , wherein, while displaying the user interface comprising multiple user interface elements, the touch-sensitive secondary display also includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to a system-level functionality. 
     
     
       10. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions that, when executed by a computing system comprising one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing (i) a physical keyboard and (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to:
 receive a request to open a file associated with a content-editing application; 
 in response to receiving the request:
 display, on the primary display, first content of a first type and second content of a second type, that is distinct from the first type, from the file within the content-editing application; and 
 display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface comprising multiple user interface elements each associated with a respective content-display parameter for modifying presentation of content within the content-editing application; 
 
 detect a first input that selects the first content of the first type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; 
 in response to detecting the first input, display a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a first content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; 
 detect a second input that selects the second content of the second type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; and 
 in response to detecting the second input, display a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a second content-display parameter, different from the first content-display parameter, for modifying presentation of the content of the second type. 
 
     
     
       11. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 10 , further including instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors of the computing system, cause the computing system to:
 detect selection, at the user interface displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for a respective content-display parameter associated with one of the multiple user interface elements; 
 receive a second input that adds new content within the content-editing application that is displayed on the primary display; and 
 in response to receiving the second input, display on the primary display the new content using the selected value for the respective content-display parameter. 
 
     
     
       12. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 11 , wherein the instructions that, when executed by the computing system, cause the computing system to detect the selection include instructions that, when executed by the computing system, cause the computing system to:
 detect, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements; 
 in response to the selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements, update the touch-sensitive secondary display to include respective user interface elements that each corresponds to a different value for the respective content-display parameter that is associated with the one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the selected value is one of the different values. 
 
     
     
       13. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 12 , wherein:
 the first content-display parameter is a visual characteristic of color, and 
 each of the respective user interface elements corresponds to a distinct shade of color. 
 
     
     
       14. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 10 , further including instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors of the computing system, cause the computing system to:
 while the first content of the first type is selected at the primary display:
 detect selection, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for the first content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; and 
 in response to detecting the selection, update the primary display to modify presentation of the first content of the first type based on the selected value. 
 
 
     
     
       15. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 10 , wherein the first content of the first type is textual content, and the second content of the second type is graphical content. 
     
     
       16. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 10 , wherein the control associated with the first content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for selecting a color that is used to present content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       17. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 10 , wherein the control associated with the first content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for highlighting content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       18. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 10 , wherein, while displaying the user interface comprising multiple user interface elements, the touch-sensitive secondary display also includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to a system-level functionality. 
     
     
       19. A computing system, comprising:
 one or more processors; 
 a first housing that includes a primary display; 
 a second housing at least partially containing (i) a physical keyboard and (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display; and 
 memory storing one or more programs that are configured for execution by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 receiving a request to open a file associated with a content-editing application; 
 in response to receiving the request:
 displaying, on the primary display, first content of a first type and second content of a second type, that is distinct from the first type, from the file within the content-editing application; and 
 displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface comprising multiple user interface elements each associated with a respective content-display parameter for modifying presentation of content within the content-editing application; 
 
 detecting a first input that selects the first content of the first type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; 
 in response to detecting the first input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a first content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; 
 detecting a second input that selects the second content of the second type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; and 
 in response to detecting the second input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a second content-display parameter, different from the first content-display parameter, for modifying presentation of the content of the second type. 
 
 
     
     
       20. The computing system of  claim 19 , wherein the one or more programs include instructions for:
 detecting selection, at the user interface displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for a respective content-display parameter associated with one of the multiple user interface elements; 
 receiving a second input that adds new content within the content-editing application that is displayed on the primary display; and 
 in response to receiving the second input, displaying on the primary display the new content using the selected value for the respective content-display parameter. 
 
     
     
       21. The computing system of  claim 20 , wherein the one or more programs that include instructions for detecting the selection include one or more programs for:
 detecting, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements; 
 in response to the selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements, updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include respective user interface elements that each corresponds to a different value for the respective content-display parameter that is associated with the one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the selected value is one of the different values. 
 
     
     
       22. The computing system of  claim 21 , wherein:
 the respective content-display parameter is a visual characteristic of color, and 
 each of the respective user interface elements corresponds to a distinct shade of color. 
 
     
     
       23. The computing system of  claim 19 , wherein the one or more programs include instructions for:
 while the first content of the first type is selected at the primary display:
 detecting selection, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for the first content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; and 
 in response to detecting the selection, updating the primary display to modify presentation of the first content of the first type based on the selected value. 
 
 
     
     
       24. The computing system of  claim 19 , wherein the first content of the first type is textual content, and the second content of the second type is graphical content. 
     
     
       25. The computing system of  claim 19 , wherein the control associated with the first content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for selecting a color that is used to present content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       26. The computing system of  claim 19 , wherein the control associated with the first content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for highlighting content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       27. The computing system of  claim 19 , wherein, while displaying the user interface comprising multiple user interface elements, the touch-sensitive secondary display also includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to a system-level functionality. 
     
     
       28. A method, comprising:
 at a computing system comprising one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing (i) a physical keyboard and (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display:
 receiving a request to open a file associated with a content-editing application; 
 in response to receiving the request:
 displaying, on the primary display, content from the file within the content-editing application; and 
 displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface comprising multiple user interface elements each associated with a respective content-display parameter for modifying presentation of content within the content-editing application; 
 
 detecting selection, at the user interface displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for a first content-display parameter associated with one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the detecting the selection includes:
 detecting, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements; and 
 in response to the selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements, updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include respective user interface elements that each corresponds to a different value for the first content-display parameter that is associated with the one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the selected value is one of the different values; 
 
 receiving a second input that adds new content within the content-editing application that is displayed on the primary display; and 
 in response to receiving the second input, displaying on the primary display the new content using the selected value for the first content-display parameter. 
 
 
     
     
       29. The method of  claim 28 , wherein:
 the content from the file that is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display includes first content of a first type and second content of a second type that is distinct from the first type, and 
 the method further comprises:
 detecting a first input that selects the first content of the first type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; 
 in response to detecting the first input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with an additional content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; 
 detecting a second input that selects the second content of the second type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; and 
 in response to detecting the second input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a second content-display parameter, different from the additional content-display parameter, for modifying presentation of the content of the second type. 
 
 
     
     
       30. The method of  claim 29 , further comprising:
 while the first content of the first type is selected at the primary display:
 detecting selection, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a value for the additional content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; and 
 in response to detecting the selection, updating the primary display to modify presentation of the first content of the first type based on the value. 
 
 
     
     
       31. The method of  claim 29 , wherein the first content of the first type is textual content, and the second content of the second type is graphical content. 
     
     
       32. The method of  claim 29 , wherein the control associated with the additional content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for selecting a color that is used to present content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       33. The method of  claim 29 , wherein the control associated with the additional content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for highlighting content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       34. The method of  claim 28 , wherein:
 the first content-display parameter is a visual characteristic of color, and 
 each of the respective user interface elements corresponds to a distinct shade of color. 
 
     
     
       35. The method of  claim 28 , wherein, while displaying the user interface comprising multiple user interface elements, the touch-sensitive secondary display also includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to a system-level functionality. 
     
     
       36. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by a computing system comprising one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing (i) a physical keyboard and (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to:
 receive a request to open a file associated with a content-editing application; 
 in response to receiving the request:
 display, on the primary display, content from the file within the content-editing application; and 
 display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface comprising multiple user interface elements each associated with a respective content-display parameter for modifying presentation of content within the content-editing application; 
 
 detect selection, at the user interface displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for a first content-display parameter associated with one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the instructions that cause the computing system to detect the selection include instructions that cause the computing system to:
 detect, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements; and 
 in response to the selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements, update the touch-sensitive secondary display to include respective user interface elements that each corresponds to a different value for the first content-display parameter that is associated with the one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the selected value is one of the different values; 
 
 receive a second input that adds new content within the content-editing application that is displayed on the primary display; and 
 in response to receiving the second input, display on the primary display the new content using the selected value for the first content-display parameter. 
 
     
     
       37. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 36 , wherein:
 the content from the file that is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display includes first content of a first type and second content of a second type that is distinct from the first type, and 
 the storage medium further comprises instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors of the computing system, cause the computing system to:
 detect a first input that selects the first content of the first type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; 
 in response to detecting the first input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with an additional content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; 
 detect a second input that selects the second content of the second type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; and 
 in response to detecting the second input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a second content-display parameter, different from the additional content-display parameter, for modifying presentation of the content of the second type. 
 
 
     
     
       38. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 37 , further including instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors of the computing system, cause the computing system to:
 while the first content of the first type is selected at the primary display:
 detect selection, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a value for the additional content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; and 
 in response to detecting the selection, update the primary display to modify presentation of the first content of the first type based on the value. 
 
 
     
     
       39. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 37 , wherein the first content of the first type is textual content, and the second content of the second type is graphical content. 
     
     
       40. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 37 , wherein the control associated with the additional content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for selecting a color that is used to present content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       41. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 37 , wherein the control associated with the additional content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for highlighting content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       42. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 36 , wherein:
 the first content-display parameter is a visual characteristic of color, and 
 each of the respective user interface elements corresponds to a distinct shade of color. 
 
     
     
       43. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 36 , wherein, while displaying the user interface comprising multiple user interface elements, the touch-sensitive secondary display also includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to a system-level functionality. 
     
     
       44. A computing system, comprising:
 one or more processors; 
 a first housing that includes a primary display; 
 a second housing at least partially containing (i) a physical keyboard and (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display; and 
 memory storing one or more programs that are configured for execution by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 receiving a request to open a file associated with a content-editing application; 
 in response to receiving the request:
 displaying, on the primary display, content from the file within the content-editing application; and 
 displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface comprising multiple user interface elements each associated with a respective content-display parameter for modifying presentation of content within the content-editing application; 
 
 detecting selection, at the user interface displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a selected value for a first content-display parameter associated with one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the instructions for detecting the selection include instructions for:
 detecting, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements; and 
 in response to the selection of the one of the multiple user interface elements, updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include respective user interface elements that each corresponds to a different value for the first content-display parameter that is associated with the one of the multiple user interface elements, wherein the selected value is one of the different values; 
 
 receiving, a second input that adds new content within the content-editing application that is displayed on the primary display; and 
 in response to receiving the second input, displaying on the primary display the new content using the selected value for the first content-display parameter. 
 
 
     
     
       45. The computing system of  claim 44 , wherein:
 the content from the file that is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display includes first content of a first type and second content of a second type that is distinct from the first type, and 
 the one or more programs include instructions for:
 detecting a first input that selects the first content of the first type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; 
 in response to detecting the first input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with an additional content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; 
 detecting a second input that selects the second content of the second type while it is displayed within the content-editing application on the primary display; and 
 in response to detecting the second input, displaying a control, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, associated with a second content-display parameter, different from the additional content-display parameter, for modifying presentation of the content of the second type. 
 
 
     
     
       46. The computing system of  claim 45 , wherein the one or more programs include instructions for:
 while the first content of the first type is selected at the primary display:
 detecting selection, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, of a value for the additional content-display parameter for modifying presentation of the content of the first type; and 
 in response to detecting the selection, updating the primary display to modify presentation of the first content of the first type based on the value. 
 
 
     
     
       47. The computing system of  claim 45 , wherein the first content of the first type is textual content, and the second content of the second type is graphical content. 
     
     
       48. The computing system of  claim 45 , wherein the control associated with the additional content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for selecting a color that is used to present content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       49. The computing system of  claim 45 , wherein the control associated with the additional content-display parameter includes a respective user interface element for highlighting content within the content-editing application. 
     
     
       50. The computing system of  claim 44 , wherein:
 the first content-display parameter is a visual characteristic of color, and 
 each of the respective user interface elements corresponds to a distinct shade of color. 
 
     
     
       51. The computing system of  claim 44 , wherein, while displaying the user interface comprising multiple user interface elements, the touch-sensitive secondary display also includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to a system-level functionality.

Description:
RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/655,707, filed Jul. 20, 2017, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/412,792, filed Oct. 25, 2016, and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/368,988, filed Jul. 29, 2016. Each of these applications is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety. 
    
    
     TECHNICAL FIELD 
     The disclosed embodiments relate to keyboards and, more specifically, to improved techniques for receiving input via a dynamic input and output (I/O) device. 
     BACKGROUND 
     Conventional keyboards include any number of physical keys for inputting information (e.g., characters) into the computing device. Typically, the user presses or otherwise movably actuates a key to provide input corresponding to the key. In addition to providing inputs for characters, a keyboard may include movably actuated keys related to function inputs. For example, a keyboard may include an “escape” or “esc” key to allow a user to activate an escape or exit function. In many keyboards, a set of functions keys for function inputs are located in a “function row.” Typically, a set of keys for alphanumeric characters is located in a part of the keyboard that is closest to the user and a function row is located is a part of the keyboard that is further away from the user but adjacent to the alphanumeric characters. A keyboard may also include function keys that are not part of the aforementioned function row. 
     With the advent and popularity of portable computing devices, such as laptop computers, the area consumed by the dedicated keyboard may be limited by the corresponding size of a display. Compared with a peripheral keyboard for a desktop computer, a dedicated keyboard that is a component of a portable computing device may have fewer keys, smaller keys, or keys that are closer together to allow for a smaller overall size of the portable computing device. 
     Conventional dedicated keyboards are static and fixed in time regardless of the changes on a display. Furthermore, the functions of a software application displayed on a screen are typically accessed via toolbars and menus that a user interacts with by using a mouse. This periodically requires the user to switch modes and move the location of his/her hands between keyboard and mouse. Alternatively, the application&#39;s functions are accessed via complicated key combinations that require memory and practice. As such, it is desirable to provide an I/O device (and method for the I/O device) that addresses the shortcomings of conventional systems. 
     SUMMARY 
     The embodiments described herein address the above shortcomings by providing dynamic and space efficient I/O devices and methods. Such devices and methods optionally complement or replace conventional input devices and methods. Such devices and methods also reduce the amount of mode switching (e.g., moving one&#39;s hands between keyboard and mouse, and also moving one&#39;s eyes from keyboard to display) required of a user and thereby reduce the number of inputs required to activate a desired function (e.g., number of inputs required to select menu options is reduced, as explained in more detail below). Such devices and methods also make more information available on a limited screen (e.g., a touch-sensitive secondary display is used to provide more information to a user and this information is efficiently presented using limited screen space). Such devices and methods also provide improved man-machine interfaces, e.g., by providing emphasizing effects to make information more discernable on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , by providing sustained interactions so that successive inputs from a user directed to either a touch-sensitive secondary display or a primary display cause the device to provide outputs which are then used to facilitate further inputs from the user (e.g., a color picker is provided that allows users to quickly preview how information will be rendered on a primary display, by providing inputs at the touch-sensitive secondary display, as discussed below), and by requiring fewer interactions from users to achieve desired results (e.g., allowing users to login to their devices using a single biometric input, as discussed below). For these reasons and those discussed below, the devices and methods described herein reduce power usage and improve battery life of electronic devices. 
     (A1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., computing system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A , also referred to as “touch screen display”). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is included as part of a peripheral input mechanism  222  (i.e., a standalone display) or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: displaying a first user interface on the primary display, the first user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; identifying an active user interface element among the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display; determining whether the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display is associated with an application executed by the computing system; and, in accordance with a determination that the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display is associated with the application executed by the computing system, displaying a second user interface on the touch screen display, including: (A) a first set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application; and (B) at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. 
     Displaying application-specific and system-level affordances in a touch-sensitive secondary display in response to changes in focus made on a primary display provides the user with accessible affordances that are directly available via the touch-sensitive secondary display. Providing the user with accessible affordances that are directly accessibly via the touch-sensitive secondary display enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access needed functions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time digging through hierarchical menus to locate the needed functions) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the needed functions more quickly and efficiently. As well, the display of application-specific affordances on the touch-sensitive secondary display indicates an internal state of the device by providing affordances associated with the application currently in focus on the primary display. 
     (A2) In some embodiments of the method of A1, the computing system further comprises: (i) a primary computing device comprising the primary display, the processor, the memory, and primary computing device communication circuitry; and (ii) an input device comprising the housing, the touch screen display, the physical input mechanism, and input device communication circuitry for communicating with the primary computing device communication circuitry, wherein the input device is distinct and separate from the primary computing device. 
     (A3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A2, the physical input mechanism comprises a plurality of physical keys. 
     (A4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A3, the physical input mechanism comprises a touchpad. 
     (A5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A4, the application is executed by the processor in the foreground of the first user interface. 
     (A6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A5, the least one system-level affordance is configured upon selection to cause display of a plurality of system-level affordances corresponding to system-level functionalities on the touch screen display. 
     (A7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A3, the least one system-level affordance corresponds to one of a power control or escape control. 
     (A8) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A7, at least one of the affordances displayed on the second user interface is a multi-function affordance. 
     (A9) In some embodiments of the method of A8, the method further includes: detecting a user touch input selecting the multi-function affordance; in accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a first type, performing a first function associated with the multi-function affordance; and, in accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a second type distinct from the first type, performing a second function associated with the multi-function affordance. 
     (A10) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A9, the method further includes, in accordance with a determination that the active user interface element is not associated with the application executed by the computing system, displaying a third user interface on the touch screen display, including: (C) a second set of one or more affordances corresponding to operating system controls of the computing system, wherein the second set of one or more affordances are distinct from the first set of one or more affordances. 
     (A11) In some embodiments of the method of A10, the second set of one or more affordances is an expanded set of operating system controls that includes (B) the at least one system-level affordance corresponding to the at least one system-level functionality. 
     (A12) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A11, the method further includes: detecting a user touch input selecting one of the first set of affordances; and, in response to detecting the user touch input: displaying a different set of affordances corresponding to functionalities of the application; and maintaining display of the at least one system-level affordance. 
     (A13) In some embodiments of the method of A12, the method further includes: detecting a subsequent user touch input selecting the at least one system-level affordance; and, in response to detecting the subsequent user touch input, displaying a plurality of system-level affordances corresponding to system-level functionalities and at least one application-level affordance corresponding to the application. 
     (A14) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A13, the method further includes: after displaying the second user interface on the touch screen display, identifying a second active user interface element among the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display; determining whether the second active user interface element corresponds to a different application executed by the computing device; and, in accordance with a determination that the second active user interface element corresponds to the different application, displaying a fourth user interface on the touch screen display, including: (D) a third set of one or more affordances corresponding to the different application; and (E) the at least one system-level affordance corresponding to the at least one system-level functionality. 
     (A15) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A14, the method further includes: after identifying the second active user interface element, determining whether a media item is being played by the computing system, wherein the media item is not associated with the different application; and, in accordance with a determination that media item is being played by the computing system, displaying at least one persistent affordance on the touch screen display for controlling the media item. 
     (A16) In some embodiments of the method of A15, the at least one persistent affordance displays feedback that corresponds to the media item. 
     (A17) In some embodiments of the method of any one of A1-A16, the method further includes: detecting a user input corresponding to an override key; and, in response to detecting the user input: ceasing to display at least the first set of one or more affordances of the second user interface on the touch screen display; and displaying a first set of default function keys. 
     (A18) In some embodiments of the method of A17, the method further includes: after displaying the first set of default function keys, detecting a swipe gesture on the touch screen display in a direction that is substantially parallel to a major axis of the touch screen display; and, in response to detecting the swipe gesture, displaying a second set of default function keys with at least one distinct function key. 
     (A19) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of A1-A18. 
     (A20) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of A1-A18. 
     (A21) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims A1-A18. 
     (A22) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims A1-A18. 
     (B1) In accordance with some embodiments, an input device is provided. The input device includes: a housing at least partially enclosing a plurality of components, the plurality of components including: (i) a plurality of physical keys (e.g., on keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ), wherein the plurality of physical keys at least includes separate keys for each letter of an alphabet; (ii) a touch-sensitive secondary display (also referred to as “touch screen display”) disposed adjacent to the plurality of physical keys; and (iii) short-range communication circuitry configured to communicate with a computing device (e.g., computing system  100  or  200 ) disposed adjacent to the input device, wherein the computing device comprises a computing device display, a processor, and memory, and the short-range communication circuitry is configured to: transmit key presses of any of the plurality of physical keys and touch inputs on the touch screen display to the computing device; and receive instructions for changing display of affordances on the touch screen display based on a current focus on the computing device display. In some embodiments, when an application is in focus on the computing device display the touch screen display is configured to display: (A) one or more affordances corresponding to the application in focus; and (B) at least one system-level affordance, wherein the at least one system-level affordance is configured upon selection to cause display of a plurality of affordances corresponding to system-level functionalities. 
     Displaying application-specific and system-level affordances in a touch-sensitive secondary display in response to changes in focus made on a primary display provides the user with accessible affordances that are directly available via the touch-sensitive secondary display. Providing the user with accessible affordances that are directly accessibly via the touch-sensitive secondary display enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access needed functions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time digging through hierarchical menus to locate the needed functions) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the needed functions more quickly and efficiently. Furthermore, by dynamically updating affordances that are displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display based on changes in focus at the primary display, the touch-sensitive secondary display is able to make more information available on a limited screen, and helps to ensure that users are provided with desired options right when those options are needed (thereby reducing power usage and extending battery life, because users do not need to waste power and battery life searching through hierarchical menus to located these desired options). 
     (B2) In some embodiments of the input device of B1, when the application is in focus on the computing device display the touch screen display is further configured to display at least to one of a power control affordance and an escape affordance. 
     (B3) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B2, the input device is a keyboard. 
     (B4) In some embodiments of the input device of B3, the computing device is a laptop computer that includes the keyboard. 
     (B5) In some embodiments of the input device of B3, the computing device is a desktop computer and the keyboard is distinct from the desktop computer. 
     (B6) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B5, the input device is integrated in a laptop computer. 
     (B7) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B6, the plurality of physical keys comprise a QWERTY keyboard. 
     (B8) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B7, the alphabet corresponds to the Latin alphabet. 
     (B9) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B8, the input device includes a touchpad. 
     (B10) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B9, the input device has a major dimension of at least 18 inches in length. 
     (B11) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B10, the short-range communication circuitry is configured to communicate less than 15 feet to the computing device. 
     (B12) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B11, the short-range communication circuitry corresponds to a wired or wireless connection to the computing device. 
     (B13) In some embodiments of the input device of any one of B1-B12, the input device includes a fingerprint sensor embedded in the touch screen display. 
     (C1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A , also referred to as “touch screen display”). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: displaying, on the primary display, a first user interface for an application executed by the computing system; displaying a second user interface on the touch screen display, the second user interface comprising a first set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application, wherein the first set of one or more affordances corresponds to a first portion of the application; detecting a swipe gesture on the touch screen display; in accordance with a determination that the swipe gesture was performed in a first direction, displaying a second set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application on the touch screen display, wherein at least one affordance in the second set of one or more affordances is distinct from the first set of one or more affordances, and wherein the second set of one or more affordances also corresponds to the first portion of the application; and, in accordance with a determination that the swipe gesture was performed in a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction, displaying a third set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application on the touch screen display, wherein the third set of one or more affordances is distinct from the second set of one or more affordances, and wherein the third set of one or more affordances corresponds to a second portion of the application that is distinct from the first portion of the application. 
     Allowing a user to quickly navigate through application-specific affordances in a touch-sensitive secondary display in response to swipe gestures provides the user with a convenient way to scroll through and quickly locate a desired function via the touch-sensitive secondary display. Providing the user with a convenient way to scroll through and quickly locate a desired function via the touch-sensitive secondary display enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access needed functions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time digging through hierarchical menus to locate the needed functions) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the needed functions more quickly and efficiently. Furthermore, by dynamically updating affordances that are displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display in response to swipe gestures at the secondary display, the secondary display is able to make more information available on a limited screen, and helps to ensure that users are provided with desired options right when those options are needed (thereby reducing power usage and extending battery life, because users do not need to waste power and battery life searching through hierarchical menus to located these desired options). 
     (C2) In some embodiments of the method of C1, the second portion is displayed on the primary display in a compact view within the first user interface prior to detecting the swipe gesture, and the method includes: displaying the second portion on the primary display in an expanded view within the first user interface in accordance with the determination that the swipe gesture was performed in the second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction. 
     (C3) In some embodiments of the method of C1, the first user interface for the application executed by the computing system is displayed on the primary display in a full-screen mode, and the first set of one or more affordances displayed on the touch screen display includes controls corresponding to the full-screen mode. 
     (C4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of C1-C3, the second set of one or more affordances and the third set of one or more affordances includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. 
     (C5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of C1-C4, the method includes: after displaying the third set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display: detecting a user input selecting the first portion on the first user interface; and, in response to detecting the user input: ceasing to display the third set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display, wherein the third set of one or more affordances corresponds to the second portion of the application; and displaying the second set of one or more affordances, wherein the second set of one or more affordances corresponds to the first portion of the application. 
     (C6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of C1-05, the first direction is substantially parallel to a major dimension of the touch screen display. 
     (C7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of C1-05, the first direction is substantially perpendicular to a major dimension of the touch screen display. 
     (C8) In some embodiments of the method of any one of C1-C7, the first portion is one of a menu, tab, folder, tool set, or toolbar of the application, and the second portion is one of a menu, tab, folder, tool set, or toolbar of the application. 
     (C9) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of C1-C8. 
     (C10) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of C1-C8. 
     (C11) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims C1-C8. 
     (C12) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims C1-C8. 
     (D1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method of maintaining functionality of an application while in full-screen mode is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A , also referred to as “touch screen display”). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: displaying, on the primary display in a normal mode, a first user interface for the application executed by the computing system, the first user interface comprising a first set of one or more affordances associated with the application; detecting a user input for displaying at least a portion of the first user interface for the application in a full-screen mode on the primary display; and, in response to detecting the user input: ceasing to display the first set of one or more affordances associated with the application in the first user interface on the primary display; displaying, on the primary display in the full-screen mode, the portion of the first user interface for the application; and automatically, without human intervention, displaying, on the touch screen display, a second set of one or more affordances for controlling the application, wherein the second set of one or more affordances corresponds to the first set of one or more affordances. 
     Providing affordances for controlling an application via a touch-sensitive secondary display, while a portion of the application is displayed in a full-screen mode on a primary display, allows users to continue accessing functions that may no longer be directly displayed on a primary display. Allowing users to continue accessing functions that may no longer be directly displayed on a primary display provides the user with a quick and convenient way to access functions that may have become buried on the primary display and thereby enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access needed functions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time digging through hierarchical menus to locate the needed functions) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the needed functions more quickly and efficiently. Therefore, by shifting menu options from a primary display and to a touch-sensitive secondary display in order to make sure that content may be presented (without obstruction) in the full-screen mode, users are able to sustain interactions with the device and their workflow is not interrupted when shifting to the full-screen mode. Additionally, fewer interactions are required in order to access menu options while viewing full-screen content, as menu options that may have become buried behind content on the primary display is presented on the touch-sensitive secondary display for easy and quick access (and without having to exit full screen mode and then dig around looking for the menu options), thereby reducing power usage and improving battery life for the device. 
     (D2) In some embodiments of the method of D1, the second set of one or more affordances is the first set of one or more affordances. 
     (D3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of D1-D2, the second set of one or more affordances include controls corresponding to the full-screen mode. 
     (D4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of D1-D3, the method includes: detecting a user touch input selecting one of the second set of affordances displayed on the touch screen display; and, in response to detecting the user touch input, changing the portion of the first user interface for the application being displayed in the full-screen mode on the primary display according to the selected one of the second set of affordances. 
     (D5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of D1-D4, the method includes: after displaying the portion of the first user interface for the application in the full-screen mode on the primary display: detecting a subsequent user input for exiting the full-screen mode; and, in response to detecting the subsequent user input: displaying, on the primary display in the normal mode, the first user interface for the application executed by the computing system, the first user interface comprising the first set of one or more affordances associated with the application; and maintaining display of at least a subset of the second set of one or more affordances for controlling the application on the touch screen display, wherein the second set of one or more affordances correspond to the first set of one or more affordances. 
     (D6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of D1-D5, the user input for displaying at least the portion of the first user interface for the application in full-screen mode on the primary display is at least one of a touch input detected on the touch screen display and a control selected within the first user interface on the primary display. 
     (D7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of D1-D6, the second set of one or more affordances includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. 
     (D8) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of D1-D7. 
     (D9) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of D1-D7. 
     (D10) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims D1-D7. 
     (D11) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims D1-D7. 
     (E1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A , also referred to as “touch screen display”). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: displaying, on the primary display, a first user interface for an application executed by the computing system; displaying, on the touch screen display, a second user interface, the second user interface comprising a set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application; detecting a notification; and, in response to detecting the notification, concurrently displaying, in the second user interface, the set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application and at least a portion of the detected notification on the touch screen display, wherein the detected notification is not displayed on the primary display. 
     Displaying received notifications at a touch-sensitive secondary display allows users to continue their work on a primary display in an uninterrupted fashion, and allows them to interact with the received notifications via the touch-sensitive secondary display. Allowing users to continue their work on the primary display in an uninterrupted fashion and allowing users to interact with the received notifications via the touch-sensitive secondary display provides users with a quick and convenient way to review and interact with received notifications and thereby enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to conveniently access received notifications directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display and without having to interrupt their workflow to deal with a received notification). Furthermore, displaying receiving notifications at the touch-sensitive secondary display provides an emphasizing effect for received notifications at the touch-sensitive secondary display, as the received notification is, in some embodiments, displayed as overlaying other affordances in the touch-sensitive secondary display, thus ensuring that the received notification is visible and easily accessible at the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     (E2) In some embodiments of the method of E1, the method includes: prior to detecting the notification, detecting a user input selecting a notification setting so as to display notifications on the touch screen display and to not display notifications on the primary display. 
     (E3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of E1-E2, the method includes: detecting a user touch input on the touch screen display corresponding to the portion of the detected notification; in accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a first type, ceasing to display in the second user interface the portion of the detected notification on the touch screen display; and, in accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a second type distinct from the first type, performing an action associated with the detected notification. 
     (E4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of E1-E3, the portion of the notification displayed on the touch screen display prompts a user of the computing system to select one of a plurality of options for responding to the detected notification. 
     (E5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of E1-E4, the portion of the notification displayed on the touch screen display includes one or more suggested responses to the detected notification. 
     (E6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of E1-E5, the notification corresponds to an at least one of an incoming instant message, SMS, email, voice call, or video call. 
     (E6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of E1-E5, the notification corresponds to a modal alert issued by an application being executed by the processor of the computing system in response to a user input closing the application or performing an action within the application. 
     (E7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of E1-E7, the set of one or more affordances includes least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality, and the notification corresponds to a user input selecting one or more portions of the input mechanism or the least one of a system-level affordance. 
     (E8) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of E1-E7. 
     (E9) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of E1-E7. 
     (E10) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims E1-E7. 
     (E11) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims E1-E7. 
     (F1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method of moving user interface portions is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: displaying, on the primary display, a user interface, the user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; identifying an active user interface element of the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display, wherein the active user interface element is associated with an application executed by the computing system; in response to identifying the active user interface element, displaying, on the touch screen display, a set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application; detecting a user input to move a respective portion of the user interface; and, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies predefined action criteria: ceasing to display the respective portion of the user interface on the primary display; ceasing to display at least a subset of the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display; and displaying, on the touch screen display, a representation of the respective portion of the user interface. 
     Allowing a user to quickly move user interface portions (e.g., menus, notifications, etc.) from a primary display and to a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient and customized way to access the user interface portions. Providing the user with a convenient and customized way to access the user interface portions via the touch-sensitive secondary display enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access user interface portions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time looking for a previously viewed (and possibly buried) user interface portion) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access needed user interface portions more quickly and efficiently. Furthermore, displaying user interface portions at the touch-sensitive secondary display in response to user input provides an emphasizing effect for the user interface portions at the touch-sensitive secondary display, as a respective user interface portions is, in some embodiments, displayed as overlaying other affordances in the touch-sensitive secondary display, thus ensuring that the respective user interface portion is visible and easily accessible at the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     (F2) In some embodiments of the method of F1, the respective portion of the user interface is a menu corresponding to the application executed by the computing system. 
     (F3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of F1-F2, the respective portion of the user interface is one of a notification and a modal alert. 
     (F4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of F1-F3, the predefined action criteria are satisfied when the user input is a dragging gesture that drags the respective portion of the user interface to a predefined location of the primary display. 
     (F5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of F1-F3, the predefined action criteria are satisfied when the user input is a predetermined input corresponding to moving the respective portion of the user interface to the touch screen display. 
     (F6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of F1-F5, the method includes: in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input does not satisfy the predefined action criteria: maintaining display of the respective portion of the user interface on the primary display; and maintaining display of the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display. 
     (F7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of F1-F6, the set of one or more affordances includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality, the method includes: after displaying the representation of the respective portion of the user interface on the touch screen display, maintaining display of the at least one system-level affordance on the touch screen display. 
     (F8) In some embodiments of the method of any one of F1-F7, the representation of the respective portion of the user interface is overlaid on the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display. 
     (F9) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of F1-F8. 
     (F10) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of F1-F8. 
     (F11) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims F1-F8. 
     (F12) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims F1-F8. 
     (G1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: receiving a request to open an application. In response to receiving the request, the method includes: (i) displaying, on the primary display, a plurality of user interface objects associated with an application executing on the computing system (e.g., the plurality of user interface objects correspond to tabs in Safari, individual photos in a photo-browsing application, individual frames of a video in a video-editing application, etc.), the plurality including a first user interface object displayed with its associated content and other user interface objects displayed without their associated content; and (ii) displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a set of affordances that each represent (i.e., correspond to) one of the plurality of user interface objects. The method also includes: detecting, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a swipe gesture in a direction from a first affordance of the set of affordances and towards a second affordance of the set of affordances. In some embodiments, the first affordance represents the first user interface object and the second affordance represents a second user interface object that is distinct from the first user interface object. In response to detecting the swipe gesture, the method includes: updating the primary display (e.g., during the swipe gesture) to cease displaying associated content for the first user interface object and to display associated content for the second user interface object. 
     Allowing a user to quickly navigate through user interface objects on a primary display (e.g., browser tabs) by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the user interface objects. Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the user interface objects via the touch-sensitive secondary display (and reducing the number of inputs needed to navigate through the user interface objects, thus requiring fewer interactions to navigate through the user interface objects) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to navigate through user interface objects on a primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to navigate through user interface objects on the primary display more quickly and efficiently. Moreover, as users provide an input at the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a swipe gesture) to navigate through the user interface objects on the primary display, each contacted affordance at the touch-sensitive display (that corresponds to one of the user interface objects) is visually distinguished from other affordances (e.g., a respective contacted affordance is magnified and a border may be highlighted), thus making information displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display more discernable to the user. 
     (G2) In some embodiments of the method of G1, the method includes: detecting continuous travel of the swipe gesture across the touch-sensitive secondary display, including the swipe gesture contacting a third affordance that represents a third user interface object. In response to detecting that the swipe gesture contacts the third affordance, the method includes: updating the primary display to display associated content for the third user interface object. 
     (G3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of G1-G2, each affordance in the set of affordance includes a representation of respective associated content for a respective user interface object of the plurality. 
     (G4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of G1-G3, the method includes: before detecting the swipe gesture, detecting an initial contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display over the first affordance. In response to detecting the initial contact, the method includes: increasing a magnification level (or display size) of the first affordance. 
     (G5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of G1-G4, the application is a web browsing application, and the plurality of user interface objects each correspond to web-browsing tabs. 
     (G6) In some embodiments of the method of G6, the method includes: detecting an input at a URL-input portion of the web browsing application on the primary display. In response to detecting the input, the method includes: updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include representations of favorite URLs. 
     (G7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of G1-G4, the application is a photo-browsing application, and the plurality of user interface objects each correspond to individual photos. 
     (G8) In some embodiments of the method of any one of G1-G4, the application is a video-editing application, and the plurality of user interface object each correspond to individual frames in a respective video. 
     (G9) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of G1-G8. 
     (G10) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of G1-G8. 
     (G11) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims G1-G8. 
     (G12) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims G1-G8. 
     (H1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: receiving a request to search within content displayed on the primary display of the computing device (e.g., the request corresponds to a request to search for text within displayed webpage content). In response to receiving the request, the method includes: (i) displaying, on the primary display, a plurality of search results responsive to the search, and focus is on a first search result of the plurality of search results; (ii) displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, respective representations that each correspond to a respective search result of the plurality of search results. The method also includes: detecting, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a touch input (e.g., a tap or a swipe) that selects a representation of the respective representations, the representation corresponding to a second search result of the plurality of search results distinct from the first search result. In response to detecting the input, the method includes changing focus on the primary display to the second search result. 
     Allowing a user to quickly navigate through search results on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the search results. Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the search results via the touch-sensitive secondary display (and reducing the number of inputs needed to navigate through the search results, thus requiring fewer interactions from a user to browse through numerous search results quickly) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to navigate through numerous search results on a primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to navigate through search results on the primary display more quickly and efficiently. Moreover, as users provide an input at the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a swipe gesture) to navigate through the search on the primary display, each contacted affordance at the touch-sensitive display (that corresponds to one of the search results) is visually distinguished from other affordances (e.g., a respective contacted affordance is magnified and a border may be highlighted), thus making information displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display more discernable to the user. 
     (H2) In some embodiments of the method of H1, changing focus includes modifying, on the primary display, a visual characteristic of the particular search result (e.g., displaying the particular search result with a larger font size). 
     (H3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of H1-H2, the method includes: detecting a gesture that moves across at least two of the respective representations on the touch-sensitive secondary display. In response to detecting the gesture, the method includes: changing focus on the primary display to respective search results that correspond to the at least two of the respective representations as the swipe gestures moves across the at least two of the respective representations. 
     (H4) In some embodiments of the method of H3, the method includes: in accordance with a determination that a speed of the gesture is above a threshold speed, changing focus on the primary display to respective search results in addition to those that correspond to the at least two of the respective representations (e.g., if above the threshold speed, cycle through more search results in addition to those contacted during swipe). 
     (H5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of H3-H4, the gesture is a swipe gesture. 
     (H6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of H3-H4, the gesture is a flick gesture. 
     (H7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of H1-H6, the representations are tick marks that each correspond to respective search results of the search results. 
     (H8) In some embodiments of the method of H7, the tick marks are displayed in a row on the touch-sensitive secondary display in an order that corresponds to an ordering of the search results on the primary display. 
     (H9) In some embodiments of the method of any one of H1-H8, the request to search within the content is a request to locate a search string within the content, and the plurality of search results each include at least the search string. 
     (H9) In some embodiments of the method of H8, displaying the plurality of search results includes highlighting the search string for each of the plurality of search results. 
     (H10) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of H1-H9. 
     (H11) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of H1-H9. 
     (H12) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims H1-H9. 
     (H13) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims H1-H9. 
     (I1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: displaying, on the primary display, a calendar application. The method also includes: receiving a request to display information about an event that is associated with the calendar application (e.g., the request corresponds to a selection of an event that is displayed within the calendar application on the primary display). In response to receiving the request, the method includes: (i) displaying, on the primary display, event details for the first event, the event details including a start time and an end time for the event; and (ii) displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, an affordance, the affordance (e.g., a user interface control) indicating a range of time that at least includes the start time and the end time. 
     Allowing a user to quickly and easily edit event details at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly edit event details without having to perform extra inputs (e.g., having to jump back and forth between using a keyboard and using a trackpad to modify the event details). Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly edit event details via the touch-sensitive secondary display (and reducing the number of inputs needed to edit the event details, thus requiring fewer interactions to achieve a desired result of editing event details) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to quickly edit certain event details) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to edit event details more quickly and efficiently. Additionally, by updating the primary display in response to inputs at the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., to show updated start and end times for an event), a user is able to sustain interactions with the device in an efficient way by providing inputs to modify the event and then immediately seeing those modifications reflected on the primary display, so that the user is then able to decide whether to provide an additional input or not. 
     (I2) In some embodiments of the method of I1, the method includes: detecting, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, an input at the user interface control that modifies the range of time. In response to detecting the input: (i) modifying at least one of the start time and the end time for the event in accordance with the input; and (ii) displaying, on the primary display, a modified range of time for the event in accordance with the input. 
     (I3) In some embodiments of the method of I2, the method includes: saving the event with the modified start and/or end time to the memory of the computing system. 
     (I4) in some embodiments of the method of any one of I1-I3, the input that modifies the range of time is a press input that remains in contact with the affordance for more than a threshold amount of time and then moves at least a portion the affordance on the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     (I5) in some embodiments of the method of any one of I1-I3, the input that modifies the range of time is a swipe gesture that moves across the touch-sensitive secondary display and causes the computing system to select a new start time and a new end time for the event, wherein the new start and end times correspond to a time slot that is of a same duration covered by the start and end times 
     (I6) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of I1-I5. 
     (I7) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of I1-I5. 
     (I8) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims I1-I5. 
     (I9) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims I1-I5. 
     (J1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: detecting a new connection between the computing system and an external device distinct from the computing system; and (e.g., connect a new monitor, connect headphones via Bluetooth or headphone jack, etc.). In response to detecting the new connection, the method includes: displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a plurality of affordances corresponding to functions available via the external device. 
     Allowing a user to efficiently utilize external devices via a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to access functions that may otherwise be buried in menus. Providing the user with a convenient way to access functions for external devices that may otherwise be buried in menus (and, therefore, reducing the number of inputs needed to access the functions, thus requiring fewer interactions in order to use external devices) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to perform a certain function for an external device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to interact with external devices more quickly and efficiently. In this way, the touch-sensitive secondary display also conveys information about an internal state of the device (by reflecting a connecting status between the device and the external device, and allowing users to easily interact with the external device). 
     (J2) In some embodiments of the method of J1, the method includes: receiving, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of a first affordance that corresponds to a first function available via the external device. In response to receiving the selection, the method includes: initiating performance of the first function. 
     (J3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of J1-J2, the external device is an additional display, distinct from the primary display and the touch-sensitive display. 
     (J4) In some embodiments of the method of J3, the plurality of affordances include a first affordance that, when selected, causes the computing system to initiate performance of a display mirroring function via the additional display. 
     (J5) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of J1-J4. 
     (J6) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of J1-J4. 
     (J7) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims J1-J4. 
     (J8) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims J1-J4. 
     (K1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: displaying, on the primary display, a user interface for an application that is executing on the computing system; detecting a first input at a particular location within the user interface. In response to detecting the first input, the method includes: displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a set of affordances that each correspond to distinct characters. 
     Allowing a user to quickly and easily preview how characters will look within an application on a primary display by providing an intuitive input at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly preview how characters will look within the application. Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly preview how characters will look within an application enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to quickly preview how characters will look, thus requiring fewer interactions to preview how these characters will look on the primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to preview characters more quickly and efficiently. In this way, users are provided with efficient and sustained interactions with their devices, as the users are permitted to continue previewing characters and then continue providing inputs until a desired character is located. 
     (K2) In some embodiments of the method of K1, the method includes: detecting, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a second input over a first affordance that corresponds to a first character of the distinct characters. In response to detecting the second input, the method includes: displaying on the primary display a preview of the first character at the particular location while the input remains in contact with the first affordance. 
     (K3) In some embodiments of the method of K2, the method includes: detecting, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, movement of the second input from the first affordance and to a second affordance that corresponds to a second character of the distinct characters. In response to detecting the movement of the second input from the first affordance and to the second affordance, the method includes: replacing the preview of the first character with a preview of the second character. 
     (K4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of K1-K3, the method includes: determining affordances to include in the set of affordances based at least in part on textual content included in the user interface. 
     (K5) In some embodiments of the method of K4, the determining is conducted in response to detecting that a user has modified textual content included in the user interface. 
     (K6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of K1-K5, the method includes: detecting liftoff of the second input while it is contact with second affordance. In response to detecting liftoff, the method includes: updating the user interface to include the second user interface element. 
     (K7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of K1-K5, the method includes: detecting an additional input while second input is in contact with second affordance. In response to detecting the additional input, the method includes: updating the user interface to include the second user interface element. 
     (K8) In some embodiments of the method of any one of K1-K7, the method includes: as the second input continues to move across the touch-sensitive secondary display, displaying previews for respective characters of the distinct characters as corresponding affordances in the set of affordances are contacted by the second input. 
     (K9) In some embodiments of the method of any one of K1-K8, the preview of second character remains displayed on the primary display while the input remains in contact with the second affordance 
     (K10) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of K1-K9. 
     (K11) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of K1-K9. 
     (K12) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims K1-K9. 
     (K13) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims K1-K9. 
     (L1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a computing system (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 ), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). The method includes: receiving a request to open a content-editing application (an application for composing and editing documents, drawings, photos, etc.). In response to receiving the request, the method includes: (i) displaying, on the primary display, the content-editing application; and (ii) displaying, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface control for modifying at least one visual characteristic that is used to render content within the content-editing application (e.g., a color picker that includes a sliding scale of color values used to select colors for content displayed within the content-editing application). 
     Therefore, users are provided with an intuitive way to modify visual characteristics that are used to render content within a content-editing application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display. Providing users with an intuitive way to modify visual characteristics in this way enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to quickly preview how certain visual characteristics will look when used to render content on the primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to preview changes to visual characteristics in a quicker and more efficient way. In this way, users are provided with efficient and sustained interactions with their devices, as the users are permitted to continue previewing how modifications to a visual characteristic will look on the primary display and then continue providing inputs until a desired modification for the visual characteristic is located. 
     (L2) In some embodiments of the method of L1, the method includes: detecting, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, an input at the user interface control that selects a first value for the at least one visual characteristic. After detecting the input, the method includes: rendering content in the content-editing application using the first value for the at least one visual characteristic (e.g., all new content added to the content-editing application is rendered using the first value and/or currently selected content is rendered using the first value). 
     (L3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of L1-L2, the user interface control includes respective controls that each correspond to a respective value for the at least one visual characteristic along a sliding scale of values. 
     (L4) In some embodiments of the method of L3, the sliding scale of values represents distinct shades of color. 
     (L5) In some embodiments of the method of L4, the first value corresponds to a first shade of a first color and the method includes: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies predetermined criteria (remains in contact for more than threshold amount of time), modifying the user interface control on the touch-sensitive secondary display to include options for selecting other shades of the first color, distinct from the first shade of the first color. 
     (L6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of L1-L5, the method includes: before rendering the content, receiving a selection of the content, and rendering the content includes presenting a preview of the content using the first value for the at least one visual characteristic. 
     (L7) In some embodiments of the method of L6, the preview is presented while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     (L8) In some embodiments of the method of L7, the method includes: in response to detecting liftoff of the input, ceasing to display the preview. 
     (L9) In some embodiments of the method of L8, the method includes: in response to detecting liftoff of the input, displaying the portion of the editable content with the modified value for the at least one visual characteristic 
     (L10) In another aspect, a computing system is provided, the computing system including one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of L1-L9. 
     (L11) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, and second a housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of L1-L9. 
     (L12) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical input mechanism and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims L1-L9. 
     (L13) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a first housing that includes a primary display, a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims L1-L9. 
     (M1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 , also referred to as the “display”), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). In some embodiments, the electronic device also includes a biometric sensor that is integrated with the touch-sensitive secondary display or that is a separate component that is located adjacent to the touch-sensitive secondary display within the second housing. The method includes: while the device is in a locked state (e.g., the locked state is a state in which one or more features of the device are disabled and access to sensitive information or the ability to change or delete information is prohibited), displaying a respective log-in user interface that is associated with logging in to a plurality of user accounts including a first user account and a second user account. While displaying the log-in user interface, the method includes: receiving biometric information about a user. In response to receiving the biometric information, the method includes: (i) in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts while the first user account does not have an active session on the device, displaying, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the first user account; and (ii) in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts while the second user account does not have an active session on the device, displaying, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account. 
     Therefore, users are provided with an intuitive way to access a user-specific login page by providing a single input at a biometric sensor. Providing users with an intuitive way to access a user-specific login page in this way enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at the biometric sensor to quickly access an appropriate, user-specific login page, thus fewer interactions are required to reach a user-specific login page) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the login page via single input. 
     (M2) In some embodiments of the method of M1, the method includes, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts while the first user account has an active session on the device, unlocking the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., without requiring additional user input). 
     (M3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M2, the method includes, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts while the second user account has an active session on the device, unlocking the device with respect to the second user account (e.g., without requiring additional user input). 
     (M4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M3, the method includes, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is not consistent with biometric information for the any user account of the device, maintaining the device in the locked state. 
     (M5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M4, the log-in user interface includes a plurality of selectable affordances that correspond to the plurality of user accounts. 
     (M6) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M5, the method includes, while displaying the prompt to input a log-in credential for the first user account, receiving entry of a log-in credential. In response to receiving entry of the log-in credential, the method includes: (i) in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the first user account, unlocking the device with respect to the first user account; and (ii) in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is not consistent with a log-in credential for the first user account, maintaining the device in the locked state. 
     (M7) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M6, the method includes: while displaying the prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account, receiving entry of a log-in credential. In response to receiving entry of the log-in credential: (i) in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the second user account, unlocking the device with respect to the first user account; and (ii) in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is not consistent with a log-in credential for the second user account, maintaining the device in the locked state. 
     (M8) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M7, the log-in user interface includes instructions to provide biometric information. 
     (M9) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M8, the device includes a secondary display that is adjacent to the biometric sensor (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display); and the method includes, while displaying the log-in user interface on the display of the device, displaying instructions at the secondary display to provide biometric information via the biometric sensor. 
     (M10) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M9, the biometric sensor is a fingerprint sensor. 
     (M11) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M9, the biometric sensor is a facial detection sensor. 
     (M12) In some embodiments of the method of any one of M1-M9, the biometric sensor is a retina scanner. 
     (M13) In another aspect, an electronic device is provided, the electronic device including one or more processors, memory, a display, and a biometric sensor. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of M1-M12. 
     (M14) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with a display and a biometric sensor, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of M1-M12. 
     (M15) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface is provided on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a display, and a biometric sensor, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims M1-M12. 
     (M16) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a display and a biometric sensor, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims M1-M12. 
     (N1) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device (e.g., system  100  or system  200 ,  FIGS. 1A-2D ) that includes one or more processors, memory, a first housing that includes a primary display (e.g., housing  110  that includes the display  102  or housing  204  that includes display  102 , also referred to as the “display”), and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (e.g., keyboard  106 ,  FIG. 1A ) and a touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is separate from the physical keyboard (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display is a standalone display  222  or the touch-sensitive display is integrated with another device, such as touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ). In some embodiments, the electronic device also includes a biometric sensor that is integrated with the touch-sensitive secondary display or that is a separate component that is located adjacent to the touch-sensitive secondary display within the second housing. The method includes: while the device is logged in to a first user account, displaying a user interface that is associated with the first user account (e.g., a home screen or desktop for the first user account). The device is associated with a plurality of user accounts including the first user account and a second user account, and the second user account is associated with biometric information that enables logging in to the second user account. While displaying the user interface that is associated with the first user account, the method includes: receiving an input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor. In response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor, the method includes: in accordance with a determination that the input meets second-user switching criteria while the second user account has an active session on the device, wherein the second-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts: (i) unlocking the device with respect to the second user account; (ii) locking the device with respect to the first user account; and (iii) replacing display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the second user account. 
     Therefore, users are provided with an intuitive way to access an active, user-specific session on an electronic device by providing a single input at a biometric sensor. Providing users with an intuitive way to access an active, user-specific session in this way enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at the biometric sensor to gain immediate access to the active session, therefore requiring fewer interactions to switch user accounts and login to the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the active session via single input. 
     (N2) In some embodiments of the method of N1, the method includes, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets second-user switching criteria while the second user account does not have an active session on the device, wherein the second-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts, displaying, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account. 
     (N3) In some embodiments of the method of any one of N1-N2, the method includes, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets third-user switching criteria while a third user account has an active session on the device, wherein the third-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the third user account of the plurality of user accounts: (i) unlocking the device with respect to the third user account; (ii) locking the device with respect to the first user account; and (iii) replacing display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the third user account. 
     (N4) In some embodiments of the method of any one of N1-N3, the method includes, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets third-user switching criteria while the third user account does not have an active session on the device, wherein the third-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the third user account of the plurality of user accounts, displaying, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the third user account. 
     (N5) In some embodiments of the method of any one of N1-N2, the input element is a button, and the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor includes detecting a press input via the button. 
     (N6) In some embodiments of the method of N5, the second-user switching criteria include a criterion that the press input lasts for less than a first threshold amount of time; and the method includes, in response to receiving the press input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the first threshold amount of time, putting the device into a low power mode (e.g., the low power mode corresponds to a suspended state of the electronic device in which the display is turned off). 
     (N7) In some embodiments of the method of N5, the second-user switching criteria include a criterion that the button press for less than a first threshold amount of time; and the method includes, in response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: (i) in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the first threshold amount of time and less than a second threshold amount of time, putting the device into a low power mode (e.g., the low power mode corresponds to a sleep/suspended state of the electronic device in which the display is turned off and this low power mode is entered upon an end of the press input); and (ii) in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the second threshold amount of time, displaying a menu of options for changing a state of the device (e.g., the menu of options include shut down, restart, sleep/suspend options that, when selected, shut down, restart, or sleep/suspend the device, respectively). 
     (N8) In some embodiments of the method of N7, the method includes, in response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than a third threshold amount of time that is greater than the second threshold amount of time, restarting the device. 
     (N9) In some embodiments of the method of any one of N1-N8, the method includes, after replacing display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the second user account: while displaying the user interface that is associated with the second user account, receiving a second input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor. In response to receiving the second input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the second input meets first-user switching criteria while the first user account has an active session on the device, wherein the first-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts: (i) unlocking the device with respect to the first user account; (ii) locking the device with respect to the second user account; and (iii) replacing display of the user interface associated with the second account with a user interface associated with the first user account. 
     (N10) In another aspect, an electronic device is provided, the electronic device including one or more processors, memory, a display, and a biometric sensor. One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured for execution by one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing or causing performance of any one of the methods of N1-N9. 
     (N11) In an additional aspect, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs is provided, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a computing system with a display and a biometric sensor, cause the computing system to perform or cause performance of any one of the methods of N1-N9. 
     (N12) In one more aspect, a graphical user interface is provided on a computing system with one or more processors, memory, a display, and a biometric sensor, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of claims N1-N9. 
     (N13) In one other aspect, a computing device is provided. The computing device includes a display and a biometric sensor, and means for performing or causing performance of any of the methods of claims N1-N9. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS 
       The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee. 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG. 1A  is an illustrative diagram of a portable computing system (e.g., a laptop computer), in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 1B  is an illustrative diagram of a body portion of the portable computing system in  FIG. 1A , in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 2A  is an illustrative diagram of a first implementation of a desktop computing system, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 2B  is an illustrative diagram of a second implementation of a desktop computing system, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 2C  is an illustrative diagram of a third implementation of a desktop computing system, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 2D  is an illustrative diagram of a fourth implementation of a desktop computing system, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 3A  is a block diagram of an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 3B  is a block diagram of components for event handling of  FIG. 3A , in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 3C-3E  illustrate examples of dynamic intensity thresholds in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 4  is a block diagram of a peripheral electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 5A-5E, 6A-6F, 7A-7D, 8A-8H, 9, 10A-10H, 11A-11H, 12A-12H, 13A-13C, 14A-14E, 15A-15H ,  16 A- 16 T,  17 A- 17 G,  18 A- 18 I,  19 A- 19 K,  20 A- 20 G,  21 A- 21 J,  22 A- 22 C,  23 A- 23 B,  24 A- 24 N,  25 A- 25 C,  26 A- 26 E,  27 A- 270 ,  28 A- 28 P,  29 A- 29 T,  30 A- 30 F,  31 A- 31 B,  32 A- 32 E,  33 A- 33 K,  34 A- 34 C,  35 A- 35 B,  36 A- 36 W,  37 A- 37 M,  38 A- 38 J,  39 ,  40 ,  41 A- 41 E,  42 A- 42 B, and  43 A- 43 D illustrate example user interfaces for dynamically providing user interface controls at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 44A-44D  are a flowchart of a method of updating a dynamic input and output device, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 45A-45C  are a flowchart of a method of updating a dynamic input and output device, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 46A-46B  are a flowchart of a method of maintaining functionality of an application while in full-screen mode, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 47A-47B  are a flowchart of a method of displaying notifications on a touch screen display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 48A-48C  are a flowchart of a method of moving user interface portions, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 49  is a flowchart of a method of browsing through user interface objects on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 50  is a flowchart of a method of browsing through search results on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 51  is a flowchart of a method of modifying details for an event that is displayed on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 52  is a flowchart of a method of presenting at a touch-sensitive secondary display actionable information about external devices that are connected with a computing system that includes the touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 53  is a flowchart of a method of previewing characters that are displayed within an application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 54  is a flowchart of a method of modifying visual characteristics that are used to render content within a content-editing application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 55-65  illustrate functional block diagrams of an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 66  is a flowchart of a method of using a biometric sensor to enable efficient logins, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 67  is a flowchart of a method of using a biometric sensor to enable efficient fast switching between logged in user accounts, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 68-69  illustrate functional block diagrams of an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 70A-70B  are schematics of a primary display and a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display for use with a maps application, in accordance with some embodiments.  FIGS. 70C-70D  are schematics of a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display for use with a maps application, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 71A-71B  are schematics of a primary display and a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display for use with a video-editing application, in accordance with some embodiments.  FIGS. 71C-71M  are schematics of a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display for use with a video-editing application, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 72A  is a schematic of a primary display and a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls for use with a video-editing application, in accordance with some embodiments.  FIGS. 72B-72K  are schematics of a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls for use with a video-editing application, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 73A-73N  are schematics of a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls for use with a video-editing application, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 74A-74H  are schematics of a touch-sensitive secondary display used to illustrate user interfaces for dynamically providing controls for use with a video-editing application, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 75  is schematic showing example glyphs that may be displayed at a touch-sensitive secondary display for use with various video-editing applications, in accordance with some embodiments. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS 
       FIGS. 1A-1B, 2A-2D, 3A-3E, and 4  provide a description of example devices.  FIGS. 5A-14E  illustrate example user interfaces for updating a dynamic input and output device.  FIGS. 44A-44D  are a flowchart of a method  600  of updating a dynamic input and output device.  FIGS. 45A-45C  are a flowchart of a method  700  of updating a dynamic input and output device.  FIGS. 46A-46B  are a flowchart of a method  800  of maintaining functionality of an application while in full-screen mode.  FIGS. 47A-47B  are a flowchart of a method  900  of displaying notifications on a touch screen display.  FIGS. 48A-48C  are a flowchart of a method  1000  of moving user interface portions. The user interfaces in  FIGS. 5A-14E  are used to illustrate the methods and/or processes in  FIGS. 44A-44D, 45A-45C, 46A-46B, 47A-47B, and 48A-48C . 
       FIGS. 49-54 and 66-67  include flowcharts of methods that utilize a touch-sensitive secondary display to enable efficient interactions at a computing system. The user interfaces in  FIGS. 15A-43D  are used to illustrate the methods and/or processes in  FIGS. 49-54 and 66-67 . 
     Example Devices and Systems 
     Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the various described embodiments. However, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the various described embodiments may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments. 
     It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. are, in some instances, used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first contact and the second contact are both contacts, but they are not the same contact. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     As used herein, the term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
       FIG. 1A  is an illustrative diagram of a portable computing system  100 , in accordance with some embodiments. Portable computing system  100  may be, for example, a laptop computer, such as a MACBOOK® device, or any other portable computing device. Portable computing system  100  includes: (A) a display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  or housing  110 ) with a primary display  102 ; and (B) a body portion  120  (also referred to as a second housing  120  or housing  120 ) with a dynamic function row  104 , a set of physical (i.e., movably actuated) keys  106 , and a touchpad  108  partially contained within a same housing. Display portion  110  is typically mechanically, electrically, and communicatively coupled with body portion  120  of portable computing system  100 . For example, portable computing system  100  may include a hinge, allowing display portion  110  to be rotated relative to body portion  120 . Portable computing system  100  includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs for execution by the one or more processors to perform any of the embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104 , which is described in more detail with reference to  FIG. 1B , is a touch screen display using resistive sensing, acoustic sensing, capacitive sensing, optical sensing, infrared sensing, or the like to detect user touch inputs and selections. In some embodiments, primary display  102  of display portion  110  is also a touch screen display. 
       FIG. 1B  is an illustrative diagram of body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Body portion  120  includes a set of physical keys  106  (also referred to herein as “physical keys  106 ” and “keyboard  106 ”), a dynamic function row  104 , and a touchpad  108  partially contained within a same housing. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104 , which is a touch screen, replaces a function row of the set of physical keys  106  allowing the space consumed by the set of physical keys  106  to be reduced, allowing for a smaller overall body portion  120  or allowing other portions, such as touchpad  108 , to be larger. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  is approximately 18 inches in length relative to a major dimension of the set of physical keys  106 . Although called a “row” for ease of explanation, in some other embodiments, the touch screen comprising dynamic function row  104  in  FIG. 1A  may take any other form such as a square, circle, a plurality of rows, column, a plurality of columns, a plurality of separate sectors, or the like. Although  FIGS. 1A-1B  show dynamic function row  104  replacing the function row of the set of physical keys  106 , in some other embodiments, dynamic function row  104  may additionally and/or alternatively replace a numpad section, editing/function section, or the like of the set of physical keys  106 . 
     Each physical key of the set of physical keys  106  has at least one associated input. The input may be a printable character, non-printable character, function, or other input. The input associated with a physical key may be shown by a letter, word, symbol, or other indicia shown (e.g., printed) on the surface of the key in Latin script, Arabic characters, Chinese characters, or any other script. For example, the particular physical key indicated at  138  is associated with alphabetic character “z” as indicated by the letter z shown on the key. In another example, a physical key labeled with the word “command” may be associated with a command function. For example, the set of physical keys  106  is associated with a QWERTY, Dvorak, or other keyboard layouts with alphanumeric, numeric, and/or editing/function sections (e.g., standard, extended, or compact) according to ISO/IEC 9995, ANSI-INCITS 154-1988, JIS X 6002-1980, or other similar standards. 
     A signal corresponding to an input associated with a physical key may be received by the processor of portable computing system  100  (or computing device  202  in  FIGS. 2A-2D  or peripheral keyboard  206  in  FIGS. 2A-2B ) when a key has been activated by a user. In an illustrative example, each key of the set of physical keys  106  includes two plates and a spring. A user may activate a key by pressing down on the key, which compresses the spring. When the spring is compressed, the two plates may come into contact, allowing electric current to flow through the connected plates. An input corresponding to the key may be provided to a processor in response to the flow of the current through the connected plates. For example, in response to activation of one of the set of keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  in  FIG. 2C , an input corresponding to the activated key is provided to computing device  202 . It will be recognized that other systems for movably actuated keys could be used. 
     In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  is a touch screen display (also referred to herein as a touch-sensitive secondary display) that displays one or more user-selectable symbols  142  (sometimes also herein called “user interface elements,” “user interface components,” “affordances,” “buttons,” or “soft keys”). For example, dynamic function row  104  replaces the function row keys on a typical keyboard. A user may select a particular one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  by touching a location on the touch screen display that corresponds to the particular one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142 . For example, a user may select the user-selectable symbol indicated by magnifying glass symbol  144  by tapping dynamic function row  104  such that the user&#39;s finger contacts dynamic function row  104  at the position of the magnifying glass indicator  214 . In some embodiments, a tap contact or a tap gesture includes touch-down of a contact and lift-off of the contact within a predetermined amount of time (e.g., 250 ms or the like). In some embodiments, the touch screen display of dynamic function row  104  is implemented using resistive sensing, acoustic sensing, capacitive sensing, optical sensing, infrared sensing, or the like to detect user inputs and selections. 
     When a user selects a particular one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142 , a signal corresponding to the particular one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  is generated by dynamic function row  104 . For example, when a user taps “esc” on dynamic function row  104 , dynamic function row  104  transmits a signal indicating a user input corresponding to an escape function to the processor of portable computing system  100  (or computing device  202  in  FIGS. 2A-2D , or the processor of peripheral keyboard  206  in  FIGS. 2A-2B , or the processor of first input mechanism  212 ,  FIG. 2C  or the processor of peripheral input mechanism  222 ,  FIG. 2D ). 
     In some embodiments, when a particular one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  is selected, dynamic function row  104  transmits a signal corresponding to a position on the touch screen display where the particular one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  is displayed, to the processor of portable computing system  100  (or computing device  202  in  FIGS. 2A-2D , or the processor of peripheral keyboard  206  in  FIGS. 2A-2B , or the processor of first input mechanism  212 ,  FIG. 2C  or the processor of peripheral input mechanism  222 ,  FIG. 2D ). For example, dynamic function row  104  may transmit a signal including a position value (0 to 20) depending on the position on the touch screen display of the particular one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  that was selected. In the illustrative example of  FIG. 1B , the “esc” symbol may have a position value of 0, magnifying glass symbol  144  may have a position value of 16, and so on. A processor of portable computing system  100  (or computing device  202  in  FIGS. 2A-2D , or the processor of peripheral keyboard  206  in  FIGS. 2A-2B , or the processor of first input mechanism  212 ,  FIG. 2C , or the processor of peripheral input mechanism  222 ,  FIG. 2D ) may receive the signal indicating the position value of the selected user-selectable symbol and interpret the position value using contextual information, such as an element of a graphical user interface displayed on primary display  102  of display portion  110  (or peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) that is currently active or that has focus. 
     Each of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  may include an indicator, such as a symbol (e.g., a magnifying glass symbol as shown at  144 ), an abbreviated word (e.g., “esc”), an unabbreviated word, a character, an image, an animated image, a video, or the like. In some embodiments, a respective one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  is capable of receiving user input(s). 
     An input may be associated with each of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142 . The input may be a function, character, numerical value, and the like. A respective one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  may include an indicator that corresponds to the input for the respective one of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142 . For example, in  FIG. 1B , the user-selectable symbol with the abbreviated word “esc” indicates to the user that an escape function is associated with the user-selectable symbol. A function associated with the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  may be activated when the user selects a user-selectable symbol. For example, an escape function may be activated when a user selects the user-selectable symbol with the indicator “esc.” Activation of the function may have different effects depending on the current state of portable computing system  100  (or computing device  202  in  FIGS. 2A-2D ). For example, when a dialog box is open on primary display  102  of display portion  110  (or peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ), activating an escape function on dynamic function row  104  may close the dialog box. In another example, when a game application is being executed by a processor of portable computing system  100  (or computing device  202  in  FIGS. 2A-2D ), activating an escape function on dynamic function row  104  may pause the game. 
     In some embodiments, functions may be associated with combinations of movably actuated keys and/or user-selectable symbols. For example, simultaneous actuation of a command key and “c” key (i.e., command+c) may be associated with a “copy” function. In another example, simultaneous actuation of the command key and selection of the user-selectable symbol with the indicator “esc” (i.e., command+esc) may activate a function to open a particular application such as a media player application. In yet another example, simultaneous selection of two user-selectable symbols (e.g., the user-selectable symbol with the indicator “esc” and the user-selectable symbol  144  with the magnifying glass indicator) may result in activation of a function, such as a specialized search function. 
     In some embodiments, a first subset  146  of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  of dynamic function row  104  may be associated with one group of functions and a second subset  148  of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  of dynamic function row  104  may be associated with a second group of functions. For example, the user-selectable symbols in first subset  146  may be global functions (e.g., system-level functions or affordances), and the user-selectable symbols in second subset  148  may be application-specific functions. As such, the user-selectable symbols in second subset  148  change when the focus shifts from a first element of a graphical user interface displayed on primary display  102  (e.g., a first window corresponding to an Internet browser application) to a second element of the graphical user interface (e.g., a second window corresponding to an e-mail application). In contrast, the user-selectable symbols in first subset  146  are maintained when the focus shifts from the first element of the graphical user interface to the second element of the graphical user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the user-selectable symbols in second subset  148  are determined based on an active user interface element display on primary display  102  that is in focus. In some embodiments, the term “in focus” can refer to the active element of the user interface (e.g., a window associated with an application, a particular toolbar or menu associated with an application, or the operating system) that is currently in the foreground and actively running or is controllable by input received from a user of the computing system such as a key press, mouse click, voice command, gestural motion, or the like. 
     In some embodiments, the first subset  146  of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  corresponding to global user-selectable symbols occupies a first area of dynamic function row  104  (e.g., the left half of dynamic function row  104 ), and the second subset  148  of the one or more user-selectable symbols  142  occupies a second area of dynamic function row  104  (e.g., the right half of dynamic function row  104 ). It will be realized that other proportions of dynamic function row  104  may be allocated to the first subset  146  and the second subset  148 . In some embodiments, when no application has focus, the second area of dynamic function row  104  may not include any user-selectable symbols. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  includes three or more subsets of user-selectable symbols. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  includes a single set of user-selectable symbols that are not divided into subsets. While a single row of user-selectable symbols are shown in dynamic function row  104  in  FIG. 1B , it will be recognized that dynamic function row  104  may include multiple rows of user-selectable symbols. 
     In some embodiments, the change in focus changes which element of the graphical user interface displayed on primary display  102  of display portion  110  (or peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) is active and which element will receive user input. The user input may be received from a keyboard, mouse, touchpad, or other user input device. Additionally and/or alternatively, in some embodiments, the change in focus changes an element that is shown in the foreground of a graphical user interface displayed on primary display  102  of display portion  110  (or peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     In some embodiments, the change in focus occurs in response to user input, for example, in response to user selection of an element of a graphical user interface (e.g., a different window) displayed on primary display  102  of display portion  110  (or peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) or in response to user selection of a user-selectable symbol (e.g., one of the affordances/symbols displayed on dynamic function row  104 ). The user selection may be a key stroke, a mouse click, a mouse over, a command+tab input, or the like. In some embodiments, the change in focus occurs in response to a determination by an operating system of portable system  100  (or computing device  202  in  FIGS. 2A-2D ). For example, when a user closes an application window that has focus, the operating system may give focus to a different application, such as an application that had focus prior to the closed application window. In another example, when a user closes an application window that has focus, the operating system may give focus to a dialog box prompting the user to save changes made to a document via the application. 
     In some embodiments, the change in focus may be a change from one element associated with an application to another element associated with the same application (e.g., from an e-mail composition window of an e-mail application to an inbox list window of an e-mail application or from one tab of an Internet browser application to another tab of an Internet browser application). In some embodiments, the change in focus may be a change from an element associated with one application to an element associated with another application (e.g., from an Internet browser window to an e-mail application window). Further, in some embodiments, the change in focus may be a change from an element associated with an application to an element associated with an operating system, such as a system dialog box, a system setting control (e.g., volume control), a window associated with a file/folder navigation application (e.g., Apple Inc.&#39;s FINDER application), etc. Additionally, focus may also be directed to a dialog box, file directory, setting control (e.g., volume control), or any other element of a graphical user interface for which information can be presented to a user and/or user input can be received. 
       FIG. 2A  is an illustrative diagram of a first implementation of desktop computing system  200  in accordance with some embodiments. Desktop computing system  200  includes a computing device  202 , a peripheral display device  204  with primary display  102 , a peripheral keyboard  206 , and a peripheral mouse  208 . Computing device  202  includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs for execution by the one or more processors. In some embodiments, peripheral display device  204  may be integrated with computing device  202  such as an iMAC® device. In some embodiments, primary display  102  of peripheral display device  204  is a touch screen display. In  FIG. 2A , peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  or housing  204 ), peripheral keyboard  206 , and peripheral mouse  208  are communicatively coupled to computing device  202  via a wired connection, such as USB or PS/2, or via a wireless communication link, using a communication protocol such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or the like. For example, peripheral keyboard  206  (also referred to herein as second housing  206  or housing  206 ) is not more than fifteen feet from computing device  202  (e.g. approximately three feet away). In  FIG. 2A , peripheral keyboard  206  includes dynamic function row  104  and a set of physical keys  106  at least partially contained within a same housing. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104 , which is described in more detail with reference to  FIG. 1B , is a touch screen display. In some embodiments, peripheral keyboard  206  includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs that may be executed by the one or more processors of peripheral keyboard  206  to perform any of the embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, peripheral keyboard  206  relays signals indicating user inputs (e.g., key strokes and selections of user-selectable symbols/affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 ) to computing device  202 . 
       FIG. 2B  is an illustrative diagram of a second implementation of desktop computing system  200  in accordance with some embodiments. In  FIG. 2B , desktop computing system  200  includes a computing device  202 , a peripheral display device  204  with primary display  102 , and a peripheral keyboard  206 . In  FIG. 2B , peripheral display device  204  and peripheral keyboard  206  are communicatively coupled to computing device  202  via a wired connection, such as USB or PS/2, or via a wireless communication link, using a communication protocol such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or the like. In  FIG. 2B , peripheral keyboard  206  includes dynamic function row  104 , a set of physical keys  106 , and touchpad  108  at least partially contained within a same housing. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104 , which is described in more detail with reference to  FIG. 1B , is a touch screen display. In some embodiments, peripheral keyboard  206  includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs that may be executed by the one or more processors of peripheral keyboard  206  to perform any of the embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, peripheral keyboard  206  relays signals indicating user inputs (e.g., key strokes, user interactions with touchpad  108 , and selections of user-selectable symbols/affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 ) to computing device  202 . 
       FIG. 2C  is an illustrative diagram of a third implementation of desktop computing system  200  in accordance with some embodiments. In  FIG. 2C , desktop computing system  200  includes a computing device  202 , a peripheral display device  204  with primary display  102 , a peripheral keyboard  206 , and a first peripheral input mechanism  212 . In  FIG. 2C , peripheral display device  204 , peripheral keyboard  206 , and the first peripheral input mechanism  212  are communicatively coupled to computing device  202  via a wired connection, such as USB or PS/2, or via a wireless communication link, using a communication protocol such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or the like. In  FIG. 2C , peripheral keyboard  206  includes a set of physical keys  106 , and the first peripheral input mechanism  212  includes dynamic function row  104  and touchpad  108  at least partially contained within a same housing. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104 , which is described in more detail with reference to  FIG. 1B , is a touch screen display. In some embodiments, the first peripheral input mechanism  212  includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs that may be executed by the one or more processors of the first peripheral input mechanism  212  to perform any of the embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, the first peripheral input mechanism  212  relays signals indicating user inputs (e.g., user interactions with touchpad  108  and user selections of user-selectable symbols/affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 ) to computing device  202 . 
       FIG. 2D  is an illustrative diagram of a fourth implementation of desktop computing system  200  in accordance with some embodiments. In  FIG. 2D , desktop computing system  200  includes a computing device  202 , a peripheral display device  204  with primary display  102 , a peripheral keyboard  206 , a peripheral mouse  208 , and a second peripheral input mechanism  222 . In  FIG. 2D , peripheral display device  204 , peripheral keyboard  206 , peripheral mouse  208 , and the second peripheral input mechanism  222  are communicatively coupled to computing device  202  via a wired connection, such as USB or PS/2, or via a wireless communication link, using a communication protocol such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or the like. In  FIG. 2A , peripheral keyboard  206  includes dynamic function row  104  and a set of physical keys  106 . In  FIG. 2D , peripheral keyboard  206  includes a set of physical keys  106 , and the second peripheral input mechanism  222  includes dynamic function row  104  at least partially contained within the housing of the second peripheral input mechanism  222 . In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104 , which is described in more detail with reference to  FIG. 1B , is a touch screen display. In some embodiments, the second peripheral input mechanism  222  includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs that may be executed by the one or more processors of the second peripheral input mechanism  222  to perform any of the embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, the second peripheral input mechanism  222  relays signals indicating user inputs (e.g., user selections of user-selectable symbols/affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 ) to computing device  202 . 
       FIG. 3A  is a block diagram of an electronic device  300 , in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, electronic device  300  is a portable electronic device, such as a laptop (e.g., portable computing system  100 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, electronic device  300  is not a portable device, but is a desktop computer (e.g., computing device  202  of desktop computing system  200 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ), which is communicatively coupled with a peripheral display system (e.g., peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) and optionally a peripheral touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C  and/or a touch-sensitive display, such as peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     Electronic device  300  typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, an image management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browser application, and/or a media player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on electronic device  300  optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed by electronic device  300  are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within an application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of electronic device  300  optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Electronic device  300  includes memory  302  (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller  322 , one or more processing units (CPU(s))  320 , peripherals interface  318 , RF circuitry  308 , audio circuitry  310 , speaker  311 , microphone  313 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  306 , other input or control devices  316 , and external port  324 . Electronic device  300  optionally includes a display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ), which may be a touch-sensitive display (sometimes also herein called a “touch screen” or a “touch screen display”). Electronic device  300  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  364 . Electronic device  300  optionally includes one or more intensity sensors  365  for detecting intensity of contacts on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display or a touchpad. Electronic device  300  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  367  for generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display or a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  303 . 
     As used in the specification, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or touch/track pad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that electronic device  300  is only an example and that electronic device  300  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG. 3A  are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  302  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory  302  by other components of electronic device  300 , such as CPU(s)  320  and peripherals interface  318 , is, optionally, controlled by memory controller  322 . Peripherals interface  318  can be used to couple input and output peripherals to CPU(s)  320  and memory  302 . The one or more processing units  320  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  302  to perform various functions for electronic device  300  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  318 , CPU(s)  320 , and memory controller  322  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  304 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  308  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  308  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  308  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  308  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  310 , speaker  311 , and microphone  313  provide an audio interface between a user and electronic device  300 . Audio circuitry  310  receives audio data from peripherals interface  318 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  311 . Speaker  311  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  310  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  313  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  310  converts the electrical signals to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  318  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  302  and/or RF circuitry  308  by peripherals interface  318 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  310  also includes a headset jack. The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  310  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  306  couples the input/output peripherals of electronic device  300 , such as display system  312  and other input or control devices  316 , to peripherals interface  318 . I/O subsystem  306  optionally includes display controller  356 , optical sensor controller  358 , intensity sensor controller  359 , haptic feedback controller  361 , and one or more other input controllers  360  for other input or control devices. The one or more other input controllers  360  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices  316 . The other input or control devices  316  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, other input controller(s)  360  are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more physical buttons optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  311  and/or microphone  313 . 
     Display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) provides an output interface (and, optionally, an input interface when it is a touch-sensitive display) between electronic device  300  and a user. Display controller  356  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to display system  312 . Display system  312  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user-interface objects/elements. 
     In some embodiments, display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) is a touch-sensitive display with a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. As such, display system  312  and display controller  356  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  302 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on display system  312  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on display system  312 . In one example embodiment, a point of contact between display system  312  and the user corresponds to an area under a finger of the user. 
     Display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, LED (light emitting diode) technology, or OLED (organic light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. In some embodiments, when display system  312  is a touch-sensitive display, display system  312  and display controller  356  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with display system  312 . In one example embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPHONE®, iPODTOUCH®, and iPAD® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     Display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) optionally has a video resolution in excess of 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater). In some embodiments, display system  312  is a touch-sensitive display with which the user optionally makes contact using a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures. In some embodiments, electronic device  300  translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to display system  312 , electronic device  300  optionally includes a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of electronic device  300  that, unlike display system  312 , does not display visual output. In some embodiments, when display system  312  is a touch-sensitive display, the touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from display system  312 , or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by display system  312 . 
     Electronic device  300  also includes power system  362  for powering the various components. Power system  362  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC), etc.), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Electronic device  300  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  364  coupled with optical sensor controller  358  in I/O subsystem  306 . Optical sensor(s)  364  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor(s)  364  receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  343 , optical sensor(s)  364  optionally capture still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of electronic device  300  so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on display system  312 . 
     Electronic device  300  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensor(s)  365  coupled with intensity sensor controller  359  in I/O subsystem  306 . Contact intensity sensor(s)  365  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor(s)  365  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B  or display system  312  when it is a touch-sensitive display). 
     Electronic device  300  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  367  coupled with haptic feedback controller  361  in I/O subsystem  306 . Tactile output generator(s)  367  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor(s)  365  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  333  and generates tactile outputs that are capable of being sensed by a user of electronic device  300 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B  or display system  312  when it is a touch-sensitive display) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of electronic device  300 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of electronic device  300 ). 
     Electronic device  300  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  366  coupled with peripherals interface  318 . Alternately, proximity sensor(s)  366  are coupled with other input controller(s)  360  in I/O subsystem  306 . Electronic device  300  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  368  coupled with peripherals interface  318 . Alternately, accelerometer(s)  368  are coupled with other input controller(s)  360  in I/O subsystem  306 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  302  include operating system  326 , communication module  328  (or set of instructions), contact/motion module  330  (or set of instructions), graphics module  332  (or set of instructions), applications  340  (or sets of instructions), and dynamic function row module  350  (or sets of instructions). Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  302  stores device/global internal state  357  (or sets of instructions), as shown in  FIG. 3A . Device/global internal state  357  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active and/or in focus; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and/or a peripheral display system (e.g., primary display  102  of peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ); sensor state, including information obtained from various sensors and input or control devices  316  of electronic device  300 ; and location information concerning the location and/or attitude of electronic device  300 . 
     Operating system  326  (e.g., DARWIN, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VXWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  328  facilitates communication with other devices (e.g., computing device  202 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ; peripheral mouse  208 ,  FIGS. 2A and 2D ; peripheral keyboard  206 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ; first peripheral input mechanism  212 ,  FIG. 2C ; and/or second peripheral input mechanism  222 ,  FIG. 2D ) over one or more external ports  324  and/or RF circuitry  308  and also includes various software components for sending/receiving data via RF circuitry  308  and/or external port  324 . External port  324  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, external port  324  is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod® devices. 
     Contact/motion module  330  optionally detects contact with display system  312  when it is a touch-sensitive display (in conjunction with display controller  356 ) and other touch sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  330  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  330  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  330  also detects contact on a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  330  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has selected or “clicked” on an affordance). In some embodiments at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of electronic device  300 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  330  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap contact includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and in some embodiments also followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event. 
     Graphics module  332  includes various known software components for rendering and causing display of graphics on primary display  102  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  or primary display  102  of peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like. In some embodiments, graphics module  332  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  332  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  356 . 
     Haptic feedback module  333  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  367  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on electronic device  300  in response to user interactions with electronic device  300 . 
     Applications  340  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         e-mail client module  341  (sometimes also herein called “mail app” or “e-mail app”) for receiving, sending, composing, and viewing e-mails;   imaging module  342  for capturing still and/or video images;   image management module  343  (sometimes also herein called “photo app”) for editing and viewing still and/or video images;   media player module  344  (sometimes also herein called “media player app”) for playback of audio and/or video; and   web browsing module  345  (sometimes also herein called “web browser”) for connecting to and browsing the Internet.       

     Examples of other applications  340  that are, optionally, stored in memory  302  include messaging and communications applications, word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption applications, digital rights management applications, voice recognition applications, and voice replication applications. 
     In conjunction with one or more of RF circuitry  308 , display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ), display controller  356 , and contact module  330 , graphics module  332 , e-mail client module  341  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  343 , e-mail client module  341  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with imaging module  342 . 
     In conjunction with one or more of display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ), display controller  356 , optical sensor(s)  364 , optical sensor controller  358 , contact module  330 , graphics module  332 , and image management module  343 , imaging module  342  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  302 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  302 . 
     In conjunction with one or more of display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ), display controller  356 , contact module  330 , graphics module  332 , and imaging module  342 , image management module  343  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with one or more of display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ), display controller  356 , contact module  330 , graphics module  332 , audio circuitry  310 , speaker  311 , RF circuitry  308 , and web browsing module  345 , media player module  344  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  or primary display  102  of peripheral display device  2014 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B  connected via external port  324 ). 
     In conjunction with one or more of RF circuitry  308 , display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ), display controller  356 , contact module  330 , and graphics module  332 , web browsing module  345  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     Dynamic function row (DFR) module  350  includes: focus determining module  351 , DFR determining module  352 , and DFR presenting module  353 . In some embodiments, focus determining module  351  is configured to determine an active user interface element that is in focus on the graphical user interface displayed by display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A ) or a peripheral display system (e.g., peripheral display device  204 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, DFR determining module  352  is configured to determine graphics (e.g., a set of one or more affordances) based on the active user interface element that is in focus. In some embodiments, DFR presenting module  353  is configured to render the graphics determined by DFR determining module  352  on display system  312  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). DFR presenting module  353  includes various known software components for rendering and causing display of graphics on display system  312  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ), including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. In some embodiments, DFR module  350  includes other modules for: adjusting the sensitivity of dynamic function row  104 ; adjusting the audible and/or haptic feedback provided by dynamic function row  104 ; adjusting the settings of affordances and information displayed by dynamic function row  104  (e.g., size, brightness, font, language, and the like); adjusting the current power mode of dynamic function row  104  (e.g., normal and low-power modes); and the like. 
     In some embodiments, the dynamic function row module  350  interfaces with components that allow for providing predicted/proactive/suggested content items (including predicted recipients, suggested text completion strings, proactively suggested applications, etc.). Proactively suggesting content items is discussed in more detail in U.S. application Ser. No. 15/167,713, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  302  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  302  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
       FIG. 3B  is a block diagram of components for event handling of  FIG. 3A , in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  302  ( FIG. 3A ) includes event sorter  370  (e.g., in operating system  326 ) and an application  340 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  341 ,  342 ,  343 ,  344 , or  345 ). 
     Event sorter  370  receives event information and determines the application  340 - 1  and application view  391  of application  340 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  370  includes event monitor  371  and event dispatcher module  374 . In some embodiments, application  340 - 1  includes application internal state  392 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  357  is used by event sorter  370  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active or in focus, and application internal state  392  is used by event sorter  370  to determine application views  391  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  392  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  340 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  340 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  340 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  371  receives event information from peripherals interface  318 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on display system  312  when it is a touch-sensitive display, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  318  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  306  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor(s)  366 , accelerometer(s)  368 , and/or microphone  313  (through audio circuitry  310 ). Information that peripherals interface  318  receives from I/O subsystem  306  includes information from display system  312  when it is a touch-sensitive display or another touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  371  sends requests to the peripherals interface  318  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  318  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripheral interface  318  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  370  also includes a hit view determination module  372  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  373 . 
     Hit view determination module  372  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views, when display system  312  displays more than one view, where views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of an application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  372  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  372  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  373  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  373  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  373  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  374  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  380 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  373 , event dispatcher module  374  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  373 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  374  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  382 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  326  includes event sorter  370 . Alternatively, application  340 - 1  includes event sorter  370 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  370  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  302 , such as contact/motion module  330 . 
     In some embodiments, application  340 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  390  and one or more application views  391 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  391  of the application  340 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  380 . Typically, an application view  391  includes a plurality of event recognizers  380 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  380  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application  340 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  390  includes one or more of: data updater  376 , object updater  377 , GUI updater  378 , and/or event data  379  received from event sorter  370 . Event handler  390  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  376 , object updater  377  or GUI updater  378  to update the application internal state  392 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  391  includes one or more respective event handlers  390 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  376 , object updater  377 , and GUI updater  378  are included in an application view  391 . 
     A respective event recognizer  380  receives event information (e.g., event data  379 ) from event sorter  370 , and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  380  includes event receiver  382  and event comparator  384 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  380  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  383 , and event delivery instructions  388  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  382  receives event information from event sorter  370 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  384  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  384  includes event definitions  386 . Event definitions  386  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 387 - 1 ), event  2  ( 387 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event  387  include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 387 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 387 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across display system  312  when it is a touch-sensitive display, and lift-off of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  390 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  387  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  384  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on display system  312 , when a touch is detected on display system  312  when it is a touch-sensitive display, event comparator  384  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  390 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  390  should be activated. For example, event comparator  384  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event  387  also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  380  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  386 , the respective event recognizer  380  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  380  includes metadata  383  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  383  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  383  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  380  activates event handler  390  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  380  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  390 . Activating an event handler  390  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  380  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  390  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  388  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  376  creates and updates data used in application  340 - 1 . For example, data updater  376  stores a video file used by media player module  344 . In some embodiments, object updater  377  creates and updates objects used by application  340 - 1 . For example, object updater  377  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  378  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  378  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  332  for display on display system  312  (e.g., primary display  102  of display portion  110 ,  FIG. 1A  and/or dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  390  includes or has access to data updater  376 , object updater  377 , and GUI updater  378 . In some embodiments, data updater  376 , object updater  377 , and GUI updater  378  are included in a single module of an application  340 - 1  or application view  391 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate electronic device  300  with input-devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc., on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG. 4  shows a block diagram of a peripheral electronic device  400 , in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, peripheral electronic device  400  is a peripheral input and output device that at least partially contains a dynamic function row  104  and a physical input mechanism, such as a set of physical keys (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and/or a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C ), within a same housing. Examples of peripheral electronic device  400  includes: peripheral keyboard (e.g., peripheral keyboard  206 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ), a peripheral touch-sensitive surface (e.g., first peripheral input mechanism  212 ,  FIG. 2C ), or other peripheral input mechanisms (e.g., second peripheral input mechanism  222 ,  FIG. 2D ). Peripheral electronic device  400  is communicatively coupled with computing device  202  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). For example, peripheral electronic device  400  is communicatively coupled with computing device  202  via a wired connection, such as USB or PS/2, or via a wireless communication link, using a communication protocol such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or the like. Peripheral electronic device  400  may rely on some of the components or procedures in electronic device  300  ( FIG. 3A ) or some of these components or procedures may be completed by, located in, or housed by peripheral electronic device  400  instead of electronic device  300 . 
     In some embodiments, peripheral electronic device  400  includes one or more of memory  402  (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller  422 , one or more processing units (CPU(s))  420 , peripherals interface  418 , RF circuitry  408 , audio circuitry  410 , speaker  411 , microphone  413 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  406 , other input or control devices  416 , and external port  424 . Peripheral electronic device  400  includes a touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) (sometimes also herein called a “touch-sensitive display,” a “touch screen,” or a “touch screen display”). 
     Peripheral electronic device  400  optionally includes one or more intensity sensors  465  for detecting intensity of contacts on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  412  or a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C ). Peripheral electronic device  400  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  467  for generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  412  or a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  403 . 
     Memory  402  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory  402  by other components of peripheral electronic device  400 , such as CPU(s)  420  and peripherals interface  418 , is, optionally, controlled by memory controller  422 . Peripherals interface  418  can be used to couple CPU(s)  420  and memory  402  to I/O subsystem  406  and other circuitry. The one or more processing units  420  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  402  to perform various functions for peripheral electronic device  400  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  418 , CPU(s)  420 , and memory controller  422  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  404 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  408  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  408  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  408  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to near field communication (NFC), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, and/or IEEE 802.11n), Wi-MAX, or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Optional audio circuitry  410 , speaker  411 , and microphone  413  provide an audio interface between a user and peripheral electronic device  400 . Audio circuitry  410  receives audio data from peripherals interface  418 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  411 . Speaker  411  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  410  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  413  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  410  converts the electrical signals to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  418  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  402  and/or RF circuitry  408  by peripherals interface  418 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  410  also includes a headset jack. The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  410  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  406  couples the input/output peripherals of peripheral electronic device  400 , such as touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ), to peripherals interface  418 . I/O subsystem  406  optionally includes display controller  456 , intensity sensor controller  459 , haptic feedback controller  461 , and one or more input controllers  460  for other input or control devices  416 . The one or more other input controllers  460  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices  416 . The other input or control devices  416  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, a set of physical keys, a touchpad, and so forth. 
     Touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) provides an input/output interface between peripheral electronic device  400  and a user. Touch-sensitive display (TSD) controller  456  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch-sensitive display system  412 . Touch-sensitive display system  412  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user-interface objects/elements. 
     Touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) includes a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. As such, touch-sensitive display system  412  and TSD controller  456  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  402 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch-sensitive display system  412  and convert the detected contact into signals used to select or control user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch-sensitive display system  412 . In one example embodiment, a point of contact between touch-sensitive display system  412  and the user corresponds to an area of touch-sensitive display system  412  in contact with a finger of the user. 
     Touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, LED (light emitting diode) technology, or OLED (organic light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system  412  and TSD controller  456  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch-sensitive display system  412 . In one example embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPHONE®, iPODTOUCH®, and iPAD® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     Touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) optionally has a video resolution in excess of excess of 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater). In some embodiments, the user makes contact with touch-sensitive display system  412  using a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to touch-sensitive display system  412 , peripheral electronic device  400  optionally includes a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C ). In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of peripheral electronic device  400  that, unlike touch-sensitive display system  412 , does not display visual output. In some embodiments, the touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch-sensitive display system  412 , or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by touch-sensitive display system  412 . 
     Peripheral electronic device  400  also includes power system  462  for powering the various components. Power system  462  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC), etc.), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Peripheral electronic device  400  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  465  coupled with intensity sensor controller  459  in I/O subsystem  406 . Contact intensity sensor(s)  465  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor(s)  465  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  412  and/or touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C ). 
     Peripheral electronic device  400  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  467  coupled with haptic feedback controller  461  in I/O subsystem  406 . Tactile output generator(s)  467  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor(s)  465  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  433  and generates tactile outputs that are capable of being sensed by a user of peripheral electronic device  400 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  412  and/or touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of peripheral electronic device  400 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of peripheral electronic device  400 ). 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  402  include operating system  426 , communication module  428  (or set of instructions), contact/motion module  430  (or set of instructions), and dynamic function row module  450  (or sets of instructions). Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  402  stores device state  457  including the display state, indicating what views or other information occupy various regions of touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     Operating system  426  includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  428  facilitates communication with other devices (e.g., computing device  202 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) over one or more external ports  424  and/or RF circuitry  408  and also includes various software components for sending/receiving data via RF circuitry  408  and/or external port  424 . External port  424  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). 
     Contact/motion module  430  optionally detects contact with touch-sensitive display system  412  and other touch sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  430  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  430  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  430  also detects contact on a touchpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIGS. 2B-2C ). 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  430  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has selected or “clicked” on an affordance). In some embodiments at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of peripheral electronic device  400 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  430  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap contact includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and in some embodiments also followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event. 
     Haptic feedback module  433  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  467  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on peripheral electronic device  400  in response to user interactions with peripheral electronic device  400 . 
     Dynamic function row (DFR) module  450  includes: focus obtaining module  451 , DFR determining module  452 , and DFR presenting module  453 . In some embodiments, focus obtaining module  451  is configured to obtain an indication of an active user interface element that is the current focus of the graphical user interface displayed on primary display  102  of peripheral display device  204  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) from computing device  202  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, DFR determining module  452  is configured to determine graphics (e.g., a set of one or more affordances) based on the active user interface element that is current focus. Alternatively, in some embodiments, computing device  202  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) determines the graphics (e.g., the set of one or more affordances) based on the active user interface element that is in focus and provides the graphics to peripheral electronic device  400  or a component thereof (e.g., DFR module  450 ) for display on touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, DFR presenting module  453  is configured to render the graphics determined by DFR determining module  452  (or provided by computing device  202 ) on touch-sensitive display system  412  (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ). DFR presenting module  453  includes various known software components for rendering and causing display of graphics on touch-sensitive display system  412 , including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. In some embodiments, DFR module  450  includes other modules for: adjusting the sensitivity of dynamic function row  104 ; adjusting the audible and/or haptic feedback provided by dynamic function row  104 ; adjusting the settings of affordances and information displayed by dynamic function row  104  (e.g., size, brightness, font, language, and the like); adjusting the current power mode of dynamic function row  104  (e.g., normal and low-power modes); and the like. 
     In some embodiments, memory  402  includes event sorter  470  (e.g., in operating system  426 ). In some embodiments, event sorter  470  performs the same functions as event sorter  370  ( FIG. 3B ) and includes a subset or superset of the modules, procedures, and instructions of event sorter  370  ( FIG. 3B ). As such, event sorter  470  will not be described for the sake of brevity. 
     It should be appreciated that peripheral electronic device  400  is only an example and that peripheral electronic device  400  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG. 4  are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits. 
     Each of the above identified modules correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  402  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  402  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG. 3  or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG. 4B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch-screen display that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch-screen display, a detected contact on the touch-screen acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a stylus contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average or a sum) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be readily accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of system  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch-screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without changing the trackpad or touch-screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second intensity threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more intensity thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective option or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
     In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location (e.g., a drag gesture), at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. 
     In some embodiments one or more predefined intensity thresholds are used to determine whether a particular input satisfies an intensity-based criterion. For example, the one or more predefined intensity thresholds include (i) a contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 , (ii) a light press intensity threshold IT L , (iii) a deep press intensity threshold IT D  (e.g., that is at least initially higher than I L ), and/or (iv) one or more other intensity thresholds (e.g., an intensity threshold I H  that is lower than I L ). In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures. 
     In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria based on the contact intensity during the input. For example, for some “light press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggers a first response. In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria that include both the contact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example, for some “deep press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a second intensity threshold during the input, greater than the first intensity threshold for a light press, triggers a second response only if a delay time has elapsed between meeting the first intensity threshold and meeting the second intensity threshold. This delay time is typically less than 200 ms in duration (e.g., 40, 100, or 120 ms, depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold, with the delay time increasing as the second intensity threshold increases). This delay time helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. As another example, for some “deep press” inputs, there is a reduced-sensitivity time period that occurs after the time at which the first intensity threshold is met. During the reduced-sensitivity time period, the second intensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the second intensity threshold also helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. For other deep press inputs, the response to detection of a deep press input does not depend on time-based criteria. 
     In some embodiments, one or more of the input intensity thresholds and/or the corresponding outputs vary based on one or more factors, such as user settings, contact motion, input timing, application running, rate at which the intensity is applied, number of concurrent inputs, user history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient noise), focus selector position, and the like. Example factors are described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. 
     For example,  FIG. 3C  illustrates a dynamic intensity threshold  480  that changes over time based in part on the intensity of touch input  476  over time. Dynamic intensity threshold  480  is a sum of two components, first component  474  that decays over time after a predefined delay time p 1  from when touch input  476  is initially detected, and second component  478  that trails the intensity of touch input  476  over time. The initial high intensity threshold of first component  474  reduces accidental triggering of a “deep press” response, while still allowing an immediate “deep press” response if touch input  476  provides sufficient intensity. Second component  478  reduces unintentional triggering of a “deep press” response by gradual intensity fluctuations of in a touch input. In some embodiments, when touch input  476  satisfies dynamic intensity threshold  480  (e.g., at point  481  in  FIG. 3C ), the “deep press” response is triggered. 
       FIG. 3D  illustrates another dynamic intensity threshold  486  (e.g., intensity threshold I D ).  FIG. 3D  also illustrates two other intensity thresholds: a first intensity threshold I H  and a second intensity threshold I L . In  FIG. 3D , although touch input  484  satisfies the first intensity threshold I H  and the second intensity threshold I L  prior to time p 2 , no response is provided until delay time p 2  has elapsed at time  482 . Also in  FIG. 3D , dynamic intensity threshold  486  decays over time, with the decay starting at time  488  after a predefined delay time p 1  has elapsed from time  482  (when the response associated with the second intensity threshold I L  was triggered). This type of dynamic intensity threshold reduces accidental triggering of a response associated with the dynamic intensity threshold I D  immediately after, or concurrently with, triggering a response associated with a lower intensity threshold, such as the first intensity threshold I H  or the second intensity threshold I L . 
       FIG. 3E  illustrate yet another dynamic intensity threshold  492  (e.g., intensity threshold I D ). In  FIG. 3E , a response associated with the intensity threshold I L  is triggered after the delay time p 2  has elapsed from when touch input  490  is initially detected. Concurrently, dynamic intensity threshold  492  decays after the predefined delay time p 1  has elapsed from when touch input  490  is initially detected. So a decrease in intensity of touch input  490  after triggering the response associated with the intensity threshold I L , followed by an increase in the intensity of touch input  490 , without releasing touch input  490 , can trigger a response associated with the intensity threshold I D  (e.g., at time  494 ) even when the intensity of touch input  490  is below another intensity threshold, for example, the intensity threshold I L . 
     An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold IT L  to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold IT L  and the deep press intensity threshold IT D  is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold IT D  to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold IT D  is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  and the light press intensity threshold IT L  is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments IT 0  is zero. In some embodiments, IT 0  is greater than zero. In some illustrations a shaded circle or oval is used to represent intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some illustrations, a circle or oval without shading is used represent a respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying the intensity of the respective contact. 
     In some embodiments, described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input). 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the description of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. As described above, in some embodiments, the triggering of these responses also depends on time-based criteria being met (e.g., a delay time has elapsed between a first intensity threshold being met and a second intensity threshold being met). 
     User Interfaces and Associated Processes 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UIs”) and associated processes that may be implemented by portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, primary display  102  is implemented in display portion  110  of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, primary display  102  is implemented in peripheral display device  204  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  is a touch-sensitive display implemented in body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  is a touch-sensitive display implemented in peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ), first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ), or peripheral input mechanism  222  ( FIG. 2D ). 
       FIGS. 5A-14E  illustrate example user interfaces for displaying application-specific affordances on a dynamically updated touch screen display in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the methods and/or processes described below, including the methods in  FIGS. 44A-44D, 45A-45C, 46A-46B, 47A-47B, and 48A-48C . One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the following user interfaces are merely examples. Moreover, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that additional affordances and/or user interface elements, or that fewer affordances and/or user interface elements may be used in practice. 
       FIG. 5A  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a status tray  502  indicating that the system (i.e., the operating system) is currently in focus, and an application (app) tray  514  with a plurality of executable/selectable application icons including: a mail application icon  506  (e.g., corresponding to e-mail client module  341 ,  FIG. 3A ), a web browser application icon  508  (e.g., corresponding to web browsing module  345 ,  FIG. 3A ), a media player application icon  510  (e.g., corresponding to media player module  344 ,  FIG. 3A ), an application A icon  512  (e.g., corresponding to a game), and a photo application icon  515  (e.g., corresponding to image management module  343 ,  FIG. 3A ). In some embodiments, status tray  502  indicates an application that is currently running in the foreground and also includes a plurality of menus (e.g., the file, edit, view, go, window, and help menus in  FIG. 5A ) each including a set of corresponding controls for the application.  FIG. 5A  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to application A icon  512 . In some embodiments, cursor  504  is controlled by touchpad  108  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), peripheral mouse  208  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A and 2D ), touchpad  108  of peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIG. 2B ), touchpad  108  of first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ), or the like. 
       FIG. 5A  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  (e.g., a touch-sensitive display) displaying a plurality of affordances based on the current focus of primary display  102  (i.e., the operating system because no application windows are open). For example, in  FIG. 5A , the system/operating system is currently in focus on primary display  102 . In  FIG. 5A , dynamic function row  104  includes persistent controls implemented as physical and/or soft keys, including: escape affordance  516 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), invokes a corresponding function (e.g., exiting an application which is currently in focus on primary display  102  or pausing a game); and power control  534 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes display of a modal alert (e.g., modal alert  5308 ,  FIG. 14E ) on dynamic function row  104  and/or primary display  102  for logging out, restarting, or powering-off portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 . 
     In  FIG. 5A , dynamic function row  104  also includes a plurality of system-level affordances, including: brightness affordance  518  for adjusting the brightness of primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2B ; brightness affordance  520  for adjusting the brightness of the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2B  (when applicable) and/or the brightness of dynamic function row  104 ; exposé affordance  522 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes display of preview windows for active applications on primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2B ; search affordance  524  for performing a local search (e.g., for an electronic document) and/or an Internet search; launchpad affordance  526 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes display of default or user-selected widgets and tools on primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2B ; notifications affordance  528 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes display of a notification center on primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2B  including recent messages, notifications, calendar events, and/or the like; play/pause affordance  530  for initiating playback or pausing playback of media items (e.g., songs, podcasts, videos, and the like); and volume control affordance  532  for adjusting the volume of a media item being played. For example, when a tap is detected on brightness affordance  520 , dynamic function row  104  displays a brightness slider for adjusting the brightness of the set of physical keys  106  and/or the brightness of dynamic function row  104  (e.g., similar to the volume slider  5100  in  FIG. 6F ). In some embodiments, the plurality of system-level affordances also include a settings affordance (not shown) for accessing adjusting settings associated with the dynamic function row  104  such as symbol/icon size, touch detection sensitivity, haptic feedback, audible feedback, animations for change in focus, power modes, and the like. 
       FIG. 5B  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a window  536  for application A (e.g., a fantasy RPG game) in response to detecting selection of application A icon  512  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 5A . In  FIG. 5B , application A is in a main menu mode (e.g., the fantasy RPG game is paused), and window  536  displays a main menu for application A. Window  536  for application A is in focus on primary display  102 . In  FIG. 5B , status tray  502  indicates that application A is running in the foreground, and app tray  514  also indicates that application A is running in the foreground based on the shadow behind application A icon  512 . In  FIG. 5B , window  536  for application A includes three selectable affordances in the upper left-hand corner for closing window  536 , maximizing the size of window  536 , and minimizing window  536  (from left-to-right, respectively). 
       FIG. 5B  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying affordance  538  in addition to the persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ) and the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ) in response to detecting selection of application A icon  512  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 5A . When activated (e.g., via a tap contact), affordance  538  causes dynamic function row  104  to display a first set of affordances and/or indicators corresponding to application A (e.g., control set A in  FIG. 5C ).  FIG. 5B  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  540  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to affordance  538 . 
       FIG. 5C  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a first set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set A) corresponding to application A and at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of affordance  538  in  FIG. 5B . In  FIG. 5C , the first set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set A) corresponding to application A (e.g., the fantasy RPG game) includes a health indicator  543  and a mana indicator  545  related to an in-game character/avatar controlled by the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  while playing application A. In  FIG. 5C , the first set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set A) corresponding to application A also includes control affordances  546 -A,  546 -B, and  546 -C for controlling the in-game character/avatar. When activated (e.g., via a tap contact), affordance  542  causes dynamic function row  104  to display the plurality of system-level affordances (e.g., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532  shown in  FIG. 5A ).  FIG. 5C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting an upward swipe gesture with contact  544  moving from a first location  548 -A to a second location  548 -B. 
       FIG. 5D  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a second set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set B) corresponding to application A and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting the upward swipe gesture in  FIG. 5C . In  FIG. 5D , the second set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set B) corresponding to application A includes control affordances  546 -D,  546 -E,  546 -F,  546 -G,  546 -H,  546 -I,  546 -J, and  546 -K for controlling the in-game character/avatar controlled by the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  while playing application A.  FIG. 5D  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  552  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to affordance  542 . 
       FIG. 5E  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ), the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ), and affordance  538  corresponding to application A in response to detecting selection of affordance  542  in  FIG. 5D .  FIG. 5E  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a new location corresponding to media player application icon  510 . 
       FIG. 6A  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a window  554  for the media player application in response to detecting selection of media player application icon  510  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 5E . For example, window  554  is overlaid on window  536 . In  FIG. 6A , window  554  displays a plurality of albums associated with a music sub-section of a user&#39;s media library. In  FIG. 6A , the music sub-section of the user&#39;s media library is in focus on primary display  102  as shown by “Music” displayed in bold and albums A-L at least partially displayed in window  554 . In  FIG. 6A , status tray  502  indicates that the media player application is running in the foreground, and app tray  514  also indicates that the media player application is running in the foreground based on the shadow behind media player application icon  510 .  FIG. 6A  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to the podcasts sub-section of the user&#39;s media library. 
       FIG. 6A  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of album affordances  558  (e.g., album affordances  558 -A to  558 -G) and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of media player application icon  510  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 5E . In  FIG. 6A , the plurality of album affordances  558  correspond to a subset of the albums currently displayed in window  554 . In some embodiments, the plurality of album affordances  558  mirror the albums currently displayed in window  554 . For example, in response to selection of album affordance  558 -D (e.g., via a tap contact), portable computing system  100  or computing device  200  causes playback of album D by audio circuitry  310  ( FIG. 3A ) and also causes primary display  102  to display album D in the now playing region of window  554 . 
       FIG. 6B  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a first plurality of podcasts in window  554  in response to detecting selection of the podcasts sub-section with cursor  504  in  FIG. 6A . In  FIG. 6B , window  554  displays a plurality of podcasts associated with a podcasts sub-section of the user&#39;s media library. In  FIG. 6B , the podcasts sub-section of the user&#39;s media library is in focus on primary display  102  as shown by “Podcasts” displayed in bold in the menu and podcasts A-L at least partially displayed in window  554 . 
       FIG. 6B  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a first plurality of podcast affordances  560  (e.g., podcast affordances  560 -A to  560 -G) and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of the podcasts sub-section with cursor  504  in  FIG. 6A . In  FIG. 6B , the plurality of podcast affordances  560  correspond to a subset of the podcasts currently displayed in window  554 . For example, in response to selection of podcast affordance  560 -D (e.g., via a tap contact), portable computing system  100  or computing device  200  causes playback of podcast D by audio circuitry  310  ( FIG. 3A ) and also causes primary display  102  to display podcast D in the now playing region of window  554 .  FIG. 6B  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  detecting a right-to-left swipe gesture with contact  562  moving from a first location  564 -A to a second location  564 -B. 
       FIG. 6C  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a second plurality of podcast affordances  560  (e.g., podcast affordances  560 -E to  560 -P) in window  554  in response to detecting the right-to-left swipe gesture in  6 B.  FIG. 6C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a second plurality of podcast affordances  560  (e.g., podcast affordances  560 -E to  560 -K) and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting the right-to-left swipe gesture in  6 B.  FIG. 6C  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  566  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to podcast affordance  560 -J. 
       FIG. 6D  illustrates primary display  102  displaying playback of podcast J in window  554  in response to detecting selection of podcast affordance  560 -J in  FIG. 6C .  FIG. 6D  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to mail application icon  506 . 
       FIG. 6D  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent volume control  568  along with playback controls and indicators in response to detecting selection of podcast affordance  560 -J in  FIG. 6C . In  FIG. 6D , persistent volume control  568  indicates that podcast J is not muted and also displays equalizer feedback for podcast J. In  FIG. 6D , the playback controls include a rewind control  571 , pause control  572 , and fast-forward control  573  for controlling the playback of podcast J. In  FIG. 6D , the playback indicators include an image  574  corresponding to podcast J (e.g., cover art or an associated image), indicator  576  displaying the author and title of podcast J, and a time remaining indicator  578 . 
       FIG. 6E  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a window  580  for the mail application in response to detecting selection of mail application icon  506  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 6D . For example, window  580  is overlaid on windows  554  and  536 . In  FIG. 6E , window  580  displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A-F) in a user&#39;s inbox and the contents of selected email A. In some embodiments, a newest or the most urgent email is displayed at the top of the list of the plurality of emails in the user&#39;s inbox and the email at the top of the list is automatically selected. In  FIG. 6E , email A is in focus on primary display  102  as email is displayed in bold within the list of the plurality of emails and email A&#39;s contents are displayed in window  580  below the list. In  FIG. 6E , status tray  502  indicates that the mail application is running in the foreground, and app tray  514  also indicates that the mail application is running in the foreground based on the shadow behind mail application icon  506 . 
       FIG. 6E  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of affordances corresponding to email A (e.g., affordances  582 ,  584 ,  586 ,  588 ,  590 ,  592 ,  594 ,  596 , and  598 ) and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of mail application icon  506  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 6D . In  FIG. 6E , the plurality of affordances corresponding to email A include: affordance  582 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), refreshes the inbox; affordance  584 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display a sub-window for composing a new email (e.g., shown in  FIG. 7B ); affordance  586 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display a sub-window for replying to the sender of email A; affordance  588 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display a sub-window for replying to all recipients of email A; affordance  590 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display a sub-window for forwarding email A; affordance  592 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes email A to be archived to a default mailbox or folder; affordance  594 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes email A to be deleted; affordance  596 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  to display a set of affordances for selecting different flags, which optionally correspond to pre-existing folders, to be applied to email A (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 7A ); and affordance  598 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  or dynamic function row  104  to display a search dialogue for searching the user&#39;s inbox.  FIG. 6E  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  599  (e.g., a long press gesture) at a location corresponding to persistent volume control  568 . 
       FIG. 6F  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying volume slider  5100  for adjusting the playback volume of podcast J, which was initiated in  FIG. 6C , in response to detecting the long press gesture at the location corresponding to persistent volume control  568  in  FIG. 6E . The circle/thumb in volume slider  5100  can be dragged by the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to adjust the volume. Alternatively, in some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  displays playback controls (e.g., pause, fast forward, rewind, next track, previous track, and the like) for controlling the playback of podcast J, which was initiated in  FIG. 6C , in response to detecting the long press gesture at the location corresponding to persistent volume control  568  in  FIG. 6E . In  FIG. 6F , volume slider  5100  is overlaid on the plurality of affordances corresponding to email A.  FIG. 6F  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5102  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to affordance  596 . 
     In other embodiments, volume slider  5100  is displayed in a separate region from the plurality of affordances corresponding to email A. As such, while volume slider  5100  is activated, the plurality of affordances corresponding to email A (e.g., affordances  582 ,  584 ,  586 ,  588 ,  590 ,  592 ,  594 ,  596 , and  598 ) are animatedly scrolled or shrunken to ensure enough display space is available to display volume slider  5100 . In some embodiments, the circle/thumb is displayed under the user&#39;s finger in response to the long press gesture to allow the user to slide the circle/thumb without having to remove the contact from the affordance. 
       FIG. 7A  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of affordances  5103 ,  5104 ,  5106 ,  5108 , and  5110  for selecting different flags, which optionally correspond to pre-existing folders, to be applied to email A in response to detecting selection of affordance  596  in  FIG. 6F . In  FIG. 7A , dynamic function row  104  also displays exit affordance  5112  for ceasing to display the set of affordances  5103 ,  5104 ,  5106 ,  5108 , and  5110  on dynamic function row  104  and displaying the plurality of affordances corresponding to email A on dynamic function row  104  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 6E ).  FIG. 7A  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to an email composition affordance in window  580 . 
       FIG. 7B  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a sub-window for composing a new email within window  580  in response to detecting selection of the email composition affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 7A . In  FIG. 7B , the sub-window for composing a new email is in focus on primary display  102  as the email composition affordance is displayed with thicker lines and also as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the sub-window for composing a new email. 
       FIG. 7B  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of affordances corresponding to composing a new email in response to detecting selection of the email composition affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 7A . In  FIG. 7B , the set of affordances corresponding to composing a new email includes an affordance  5114 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to send the newly composed email; affordance  5116  for changing the text color of text for the new email; affordance  5118  for emboldening selected text of the new email; affordance  5120  for italicizing selected text of the new email; and affordance  5122  for underlining selected text of the new email.  FIG. 7B  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5124  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to persistent volume control  568 . 
       FIG. 7C  illustrates primary display  102  displaying text in the body of the new email in the sub-window for composing a new email within window  580  and an indicator of the current insertion position located after the characters “pl.” 
       FIG. 7C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent volume control  568  indicating that podcast J is muted in response to detecting the tap contact at the location corresponding to persistent volume control  568  in  FIG. 7B . In  FIG. 7C , persistent volume control  568  displays equalizer feedback for podcast J even while podcast J, whose playback was initiated in  FIG. 6C , is muted (i.e., shows that podcast J is still playing but is muted). In  FIG. 7C , dynamic function row  104  displays predictive words  5126 ,  5128 , and  5130  for completing the word beginning with “pl” that is being typed in the body of the new email based on the insertion point in the sub-window within window  580 .  FIG. 7C  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5132  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to predictive word  5126  (i.e., “planet”). 
       FIG. 7D  illustrates primary display  102  displaying the word “planet” in the body of the new email in the sub-window for composing a new email within window  580  in response to detecting the selection of predictive word  5126  (i.e., “planet”) in  FIG. 7C .  FIG. 7D  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to the “To:” field of the sub-window for composing a new email. 
       FIG. 8A  illustrates primary display  102  displaying menu  5134  corresponding to the user&#39;s contact book in response to detecting selection of the “To:” field with cursor  504  in  FIG. 7D . In  FIG. 8A , menu  5134  includes a list of a plurality of contacts corresponding the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book (e.g., a list of pre-existing or automatically populated contacts). In  FIG. 8A , the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the “All Contacts” group in menu  5134 . 
       FIG. 8A  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a first plurality of contact affordances  5136  (e.g., contact affordances  5136 -A to  5136 -F) corresponding to the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of the “To:” field with cursor  504  in  FIG. 7D . In  FIG. 8A , dynamic function row  104  also displays exit affordance  5112 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to cease displaying menu  5134  on primary display  102  and also causes dynamic function row  104  to cease displaying the first plurality of contact affordances  5136 .  FIG. 8A  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  detecting a right-to-left swipe gesture with contact  5138  moving from a first location  5140 -A to a second location  5140 -B (e.g., the user scrolls right-to-left through All Contacts). 
       FIG. 8B  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a second plurality of contact affordances  5136  (e.g., contact affordances  5136 -E to  5136 -J) corresponding to the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting the right-to-left swipe gesture in  8 A.  FIG. 8B  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  detecting an upward swipe gesture with contact  5142  moving from a first location  5144 -A to a second location  5144 -B. 
       FIG. 8C  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a list of a plurality of contacts corresponding the “Family” group of the user&#39;s contact book in response to detecting the upward swipe gesture in  FIG. 8B . In  FIG. 8C , the “Family” group of the user&#39;s contact book is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the “Family” group in menu  5134 . 
       FIG. 8C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of contact affordances  5146  (e.g., contact affordances  5146 -A to  5146 -F) corresponding to the “Family” group of the user&#39;s contact book and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting upward swipe gesture in  FIG. 8B .  FIG. 8C  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5148  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to contact affordance  5146 -D, which is associated with a contact named “James H.” within the “Family” group of the user&#39;s contact book. 
       FIG. 8D  illustrates primary display  102  displaying “James H.” in the “To:” field of the sub-window for composing a new email within window  580  in response to detecting selection of contact affordance  5146 -D in  FIG. 8C .  FIG. 8D  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  replacing display of the plurality of contact affordances  5146  (e.g., contact affordances  5146 -A to  5146 -F) corresponding to the “Family” group of the user&#39;s contact book with the set of affordances (e.g., affordances  5114 ,  5116 ,  5118 ,  5120 , and  5122 ) corresponding to composing a new email in response to detecting selection of contact affordance  5146 -D in  FIG. 8C .  FIG. 8D  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5150  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to the at least one system-level affordance  542 . 
       FIG. 8E  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ), the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ), and affordance  5152  corresponding to the mail application in response to detecting selection of affordance  542  in  FIG. 8D .  FIG. 8E  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5154  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to play/pause affordance  530 . For example, in response to detecting selection of play/pause affordance  530 , portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  pauses playback of podcast J, which was initiated by the interactions described with respect to  FIG. 6C  and was muted by the interactions described with respect to  FIG. 7B . Playback of podcast J may be re-initiated by a subsequent selection of play/pause affordance  530  in  FIG. 8E . 
       FIG. 8F  illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to an exit affordance for closing window  580 .  FIG. 8G  illustrates primary display  102  displaying modal alert  5156  in response to detecting selection of the exit affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 8F . In  FIG. 8G , modal alert  5156  is in focus on primary display  102 . In  FIG. 8G , modal alert  5156  displayed on primary display  102  prompts the user to save the draft email prior to closing window  580  and includes a “Save” affordance, a “Don&#39;t Save” affordance, and a “Cancel” affordance.  FIG. 8G  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to “Cancel” affordance. The display of modal alerts on the dynamic function row increasing efficiency and provides a better user experience because it removes the need for the user to move their eyes between the keyboard and the screen and also removes the need for the user to move their hands from the keyboard to another input device such as a mouse. 
       FIG. 8G  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5156  and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of the exit affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 8F . In some embodiments, a modal alert is a notification corresponding to an email, SMS, or the like received by portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 , an alert associated with an application (e.g., as a save dialog, an exit confirmation dialog, or a send email confirmation dialog), or the like. In  FIG. 8G , modal alert  5156  displayed on dynamic function row  104  prompts the user to save the draft email prior to closing window  580  and includes a “Save” affordance  5158 , a “Don&#39;t Save” affordance  5160 , and a “Cancel” affordance  5162 . Affordances  5158 ,  5160 , and  5162  are merely examples, and other affordances may be used to control or respond to modal alerts. 
       FIG. 8H  illustrates primary display  102  ceasing to display modal alert  5156  and maintaining display of the sub-window for composing a new email (as in  FIG. 8F ) in response to detecting selection of “Cancel” affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 8G .  FIG. 8H  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  ceasing to display modal alert  5156  and displaying persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ), the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ), and affordance  5152  corresponding to the mail application (as in  FIG. 8F ) in response to detecting selection of Cancel” affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 8G . 
       FIG. 9  illustrates primary display  102  displaying an application selection window  5164  in response to receiving a signal corresponding to a specified physical key combination (e.g., alt+tab) from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In  FIG. 9 , application selection window  5164  displayed on primary display  102  includes: mail application icon  506 , which, when activated (e.g., via selection by cursor  504 ) causes primary display  102  to display window  580  corresponding to the mail application in the foreground; media player application icon  510 , which, when activated (e.g., via selection by cursor  504 ) causes primary display  102  to display window  554  corresponding to the media player application in the foreground; and application A icon  512 , which, when activated (e.g., via selection by cursor  504 ) causes primary display  102  to display window  536  corresponding to application A in the foreground.  FIG. 9  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to photo application icon  515 . 
       FIG. 9  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying application selection window  5164  and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to receiving a signal corresponding to a specified physical key combination (e.g., alt+tab) from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In  FIG. 9 , application selection window  5164  displayed on dynamic function row  104  includes: mail application icon  506 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes primary display  102  to display window  580  corresponding to the mail application in the foreground; media player application icon  510 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes primary display  102  to display window  554  corresponding to the media player application in the foreground; and application A icon  512 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes primary display  102  to display window  536  corresponding to application A in the foreground. 
       FIG. 10A  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a window  5166  for the photo application in response to detecting selection of photo application icon  515  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 9 . For example, window  5166  is overlaid on windows  580 ,  554 , and  536 . In  FIG. 10A , window  5166  displays a plurality of photos associated with an all photos sub-section of a user&#39;s photo library. In  FIG. 10A , the all photos sub-section of a user&#39;s photo library is in focus on primary display  102  as shown by “Photos” displayed in bold and photos A-L at least partially displayed in window  5166 . In  FIG. 10A , status tray  502  indicates that the photo application is running in the foreground, and app tray  514  also indicates that the photo application is running in the foreground based on the shadow behind photo application icon  515 .  FIG. 10A  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to photo B within window  5166 . 
       FIG. 10A  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of affordances corresponding to the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library (e.g., affordances  5168 ,  5170 , and  5172 ) and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of photo application icon  515  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 9 . In  FIG. 10A , dynamic function row  104  includes: search affordance  5168 , for searching the user&#39;s photo library; slideshow affordance  5170 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), initiates a slideshow of the selected photos or all photos in the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library in a full-screen mode (e.g., shown in  FIG. 10C ); and slider affordance  5172  for scrolling the photos displayed from the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library that are displayed in window  5166 . 
       FIG. 10B  illustrates primary display  102  displaying selected photo B in window  5166  in response to detecting selection of photo B with cursor  504  in  FIG. 10A . In  FIG. 10B , selected photo B is in focus on primary display  102  as shown by the thick lines surrounding photo B in window  5166 .  FIG. 10B  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to a slideshow affordance. 
       FIG. 10B  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of affordances corresponding to selected photo B in response to detecting selection of photo B with cursor  504  in  FIG. 10A . In  FIG. 10B , the set of affordance corresponding to selected photo B include: search affordance  5168  for searching the user&#39;s photo library; zoom affordance  5174  for zooming into selected photo B; like affordance  5176  for liking selected photo B; slideshow affordance  5170 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), initiates a slideshow of the selected photos or all photos in the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library in a full-screen mode (e.g., shown in  FIG. 10C ); information affordance  5178  for displaying information corresponding to selected photo B, such as size, location, time/date, and the like, on dynamic function row  104  and/or primary display  102 ; editing affordance  5180 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  to display tools for editing selected photo B (e.g., shown in  FIG. 10F ) and/or causes primary display  102  to display an editing interface for editing selected photo B; photo adding affordance  5182  for adding selected photo B to a photo album; sharing affordance  5184  for sharing selected photo B via one or more communication modes (e.g., social media networks, SMS, email, and the like); and deletion affordance  5186  for deleting selected photo B from the user&#39;s photo library. 
       FIG. 10C  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a slideshow of photos from the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library in window  5188  in response to detecting selection of the slideshow affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 10B . In  FIG. 10C , primary display  102  displays window  5188  with photo B in full-screen mode. 
       FIG. 10C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of thumbnail images (e.g., thumbnail images  5192 -Y,  5192 -Z,  5192 -A,  5192 -B,  5192 -C,  5192 -D, and  5192 -E) corresponding to the photos in the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library in response to detecting selection of the slideshow affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 10B . In  FIG. 10C , the thick lines surrounding thumbnail image  5192 -B indicate that photo B is currently displayed by primary display  102 . In  FIG. 10C , dynamic function row  104  also displays a pause affordance  5190 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes the slideshow to be paused and also causes primary display  102  to exit the full-screen mode.  FIG. 10C  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5194  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to pause affordance  5190 . 
       FIG. 10D  illustrates primary display  102  displaying photo B in an expanded view within window  5166  in response to detecting selection of pause affordance  5190  in  FIG. 10C . In  FIG. 10D , the expanded view of photo B is in focus on primary display  102  as shown by the thick lines surrounding the expanded view of photo B in window  5166 . 
       FIG. 10D  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of affordances corresponding to photo B in response to detecting selection of pause affordance  5190  in  FIG. 10C . In  FIG. 10D , the set of affordance corresponding to photo B include: zoom affordance  5174 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  and/or primary display  102  to display zoom controls that enable the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to zoom into or zoom out from photo B; full-screen affordance  5194 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display photo B in full-screen mode; slideshow affordance  5170 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), initiates a slideshow of the selected photos or all photos in the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library in a full-screen mode; information affordance  5178  for displaying information corresponding to selected photo B, such as size, location, time/date, and the like, on dynamic function row  104  and/or primary display  102 ; editing affordance  5180 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  to display tools for editing selected photo B and/or causes primary display  102  to display an editing interface for editing selected photo B; photo adding affordance  5182  for adding selected photo B to a photo album; and sharing affordance  5184  for sharing selected photo B via one or more communication modes (e.g., social media networks, SMS, email, and the like).  FIG. 10D  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5196  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to full-screen affordance  5196 . 
       FIG. 10E  illustrates primary display  102  displaying photo B in full-screen mode within window  5200  in response to detecting selection of full-screen affordance  5196  in  FIG. 10D .  FIG. 10E  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying minimize affordance  5198  in response to detecting selection of full-screen affordance  5196  in  FIG. 10D . When activated (e.g., via a tap contact), minimize affordance  5198  causes primary display  102  to display photo B in the expanded view within window  5166  (as shown in  FIG. 10D ).  FIG. 10E  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5201  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to editing affordance  5180 . 
       FIG. 10F  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of editing tools  5205  in response to detecting selection of editing affordance  5180  in  FIG. 10E . 
       FIG. 10F  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying editing affordance  5180  with a thickened/bold outline and all other affordances displayed in  FIG. 10E  (e.g., zoom affordance  5174 , minimize affordance  5198 , information affordance  5178 , photo adding affordance  5182 , and sharing affordance  5184 ) with increased translucency in response to detecting selection of editing affordance  5180  in  FIG. 10E . 
     In  FIG. 10F , the set of editing tools  5205  includes: a rotate tool  5202 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes dynamic function row  104  to display controls for rotating photo B clockwise or counter-clockwise within window  5200 ; an enhance tool  5204 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes dynamic function row  104  to display controls for enhancing photo B such as applying filters to photo B, adjusting the brightness of photo B, adjusting the saturation of photo B, and/or the like; a red-eye reduction tool  5206 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes dynamic function row  104  to display controls for reducing the red-eye of persons in photo B; a straighten tool  5208 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes dynamic function row  104  to display controls for straightening the orientation of photo B within window  5200 ; a crop tool  5210 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes dynamic function row  104  to display controls for cropping photo B within window  5200 ; and a retouching tool  5212 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes dynamic function row  104  to display controls for retouching photo B such as removal and airbrush effects.  FIG. 10F  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5214  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to straighten tool  5208 . 
       FIG. 10G  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of controls  5209  for straightening the orientation of photo B within window  5200  in response to detecting selection of straighten tool  5208  in  FIG. 10F . In  FIG. 10G , the set of controls  5209  corresponding to the straightening tool  2208  includes a slider  5210  for adjusting the orientation of photo B within window  5200  and done affordance  5212 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  to cease displaying the set of controls  5209  and to display the set of editing tools  5205  (as shown in  FIG. 10F ).  FIG. 10G  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5216  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to escape affordance  516 . 
     For example, the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is able to adjust the orientation of photo B within window  5200  by performing a left-to-right swipe/drag gesture or a right-to-left swipe/drag gesture at a location originating on slider  5210  or within the set of controls  5209 . For example, in response to detecting an upward swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 , dynamic function row  104  displays a set of controls corresponding to crop tool  5210 . In another example, in response to detecting a downward swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 , dynamic function row  104  displays a set of controls corresponding to red-eye reduction tool  5206 . 
       FIG. 10H  illustrates primary display  102  displaying photo B in the expanded view within window  5166  in response to detecting selection of escape affordance  516  in  FIG. 10G .  FIG. 10H  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of affordances corresponding to photo B (as shown in  FIG. 10D ) in response to detecting selection of escape affordance  516  in  FIG. 10G . In  FIG. 10H , the set of affordance corresponding to photo B include: zoom affordance  5174 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  and/or primary display  102  to display zoom controls that enable the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to zoom into or zoom out from photo B; full-screen affordance  5194 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display photo B in full-screen mode; slideshow affordance  5170 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), initiates a slideshow of the selected photos or all photos in the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library in a full-screen mode; information affordance  5178  for displaying information corresponding to selected photo B, such as size, location, time/date, and the like, on dynamic function row  104  and/or primary display  102 ; editing affordance  5180 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  to display tools for editing selected photo B and/or causes primary display  102  to display an editing interface for editing selected photo B; photo adding affordance  5182  for adding selected photo B to a photo album; and sharing affordance  5184  for sharing selected photo B via one or more communication modes (e.g., social media networks, SMS, email, and the like). 
       FIG. 10H  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying notification  5218  overlaid on affordances  5178 ,  5180 ,  5182 , and  5184  in response to reception of notification  5218  by portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 . In  FIG. 10H , notification  5218  corresponds to an SMS, instant message, or the like sent by Suzie S. to the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 , where the notification&#39;s content inquiries “Movies tonight?”  FIG. 10H  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  detecting a left-to-right swipe gesture with contact  5220  from a first location  5222 -A within notification  5128  to a second location  5222 -B. 
       FIG. 11A  illustrates dynamic function row  104  ceasing to display notification  5218  in response to detecting the left-to-right swipe gesture in  FIG. 10H .  FIG. 11A  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to web browser application icon  508 . 
       FIG. 11B  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a window  5224  for the web browser application in response to detecting selection of web browser application icon  508  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 11A . For example, window  5224  is overlaid on window  5166 . In  FIG. 11B , window  5224  includes controls for the web browser application including browsing controls (e.g., last web page, next web page, refresh, and add to favorites), an address bar, a search bar, a show-all bookmarks affordance (e.g., resembling an open book), a show-all open tabs affordance (e.g., a grid of six squares), and affordances for particular bookmarks A, B, and C. In  FIG. 11B , window  5224  shows a home interface for the web browser application including a plurality of affordances  5227  linking to favorite websites or most frequently visited websites A-H. In  FIG. 11B , window  5224  for application A is in focus on primary display  102 . In  FIG. 11B , status tray  502  indicates that the web browser application is running in the foreground, and app tray  514  also indicates that the web browser application is running in the foreground based on the shadow behind the web browser application icon  508 . 
       FIG. 11B  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying affordance  5226  in addition to the persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ) and the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ) in response to detecting selection of web browser application icon  508  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 11A . When activated (e.g., via a tap contact), affordance  5226  causes dynamic function row  104  to display a set of controls for the web browser application (e.g., affordances  5230 ,  5232 , and  5238 , and address bar  5234  as shown in  FIG. 11C ).  FIG. 11B  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5228  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to affordance  5226 . 
       FIG. 11C  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of controls for the web browser application in response to detecting selection of affordance  5226  in  FIG. 11B . In  FIG. 11C , the set of controls for the web browser application includes: affordance  5230  for displaying a web page visited before the one currently displayed by the web browser application within window  5224 ; affordance  5232  for displaying a web page visited after the one currently displayed by the web browser application within window  5224 ; affordance  5238  for adding the web page currently displayed by the web browser application to a favorites list or a bookmarks folder; and address bar  5234  for displaying the URL of the web page currently displayed by the web browser application. In  FIG. 11C , address bar  5234  also includes a refresh affordance  5236  for refreshing the web page currently displayed by the web browser application.  FIG. 11C  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to affordance  5227 -A, which links to website A. 
       FIG. 11D  illustrates primary display  102  displaying an interface for tab A within window  5224  after detecting selection of affordance  5227 -A corresponding to website A with cursor  504  in  FIG. 11C . In  FIG. 11D , the interface for tab A is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding tab A and the bold text for tab A. In  FIG. 11D , the interface for tab A shows a checkout web page of website A (e.g., associated with the URL: www.website_A.com/checkout). The checkout web page corresponds to the user&#39;s virtual shopping cart, which includes Items A and B for purchase.  FIG. 11D  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to a purchase affordance within window  5224 .  FIG. 11C  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying the URL (e.g., www.website_A.com/checkout) for the checkout web page of website A in address bar  5234 . 
       FIG. 11E  illustrates primary display  102  displaying modal alert  5240  overlaid on window  5224  in response to detecting selection of the purchase affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 11D . In  FIG. 11E , modal alert  5240  displayed on primary display  102  prompts the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to provide their fingerprint on dynamic function row  104  and also includes cancel affordance  5242 , which, when activated (e.g., via selection by cursor  504 ) causes cancellation of the purchase. For example, modal alert  5240  is displayed in accordance with security settings (e.g., default or user-specified) that requires a fingerprint to validate purchases initiated by portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 . For example, in some embodiments, primary display  102  and/or dynamic function row  104  displays the modal alert prompting the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to provide their fingerprint on dynamic function row  104  upon logging into portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 , when entering a password to access an application or website, when entering a password to decrypt the data stored by portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 , when deleting folders and/or data from portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 , when taking other destructive actions, and/or the like. 
       FIG. 11E  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5240  in response to detecting selection of the purchase affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 11D . In  FIG. 11E , modal alert  5240  displayed on dynamic function row  104  prompts the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to provide their fingerprint in fingerprint region  5244  of dynamic function row  104  and also includes cancel affordance  5242 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes cancellation of the purchase. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  is configured to detect a fingerprint within fingerprint region  5244  of dynamic function row  104 , which also corresponds to power control  534  in  FIGS. 5A-11D . In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  is configured to detect a fingerprint at any location within its touch-sensitive area.  FIG. 11E  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5246  (e.g., a press and hold gesture) within fingerprint region  5244 . 
       FIG. 11F  illustrates primary display  102  displaying an interface for tab A within window  5224  after detecting contact  5246  within fingerprint region  5244  in  FIG. 11E . In  FIG. 11F , the interface for tab A shows a receipt web page of website A (e.g., associated with the URL: www.website_A.com/reciept) indicating that the purchase was completed after validation of the fingerprint provided by the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  in  FIG. 11E . 
       FIG. 11F  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying an interface  5248  associated with an incoming voice call from C. Cheung along with the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to reception of the incoming voice call by portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 . In  FIG. 11F , interface  5248  includes a first affordance  5250  for answering the incoming call and a second affordance  5252  for declining the incoming call.  FIG. 11F  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5254  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to first affordance  5250 . For example, after detecting selection of first affordance  5250 , a communication connection (e.g., VoIP) between C. Cheung and the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is established for the voice call. 
       FIG. 11G  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying an interface  5256  associated with an ongoing voice call between C. Cheung and the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  along with the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) after detecting selection of first affordance  5250  in  FIG. 11F . In  FIG. 11G , interface  5256  includes affordance  5258  for ending the voice call and an indicator of the total voice call time (e.g., 7 minutes and 29 seconds). In some embodiments, during the ongoing voice call, affordances associated with the focus of primary display  102  are not displayed on dynamic function row  104 . In some embodiments, after the voice call has lasted a predefined amount of time, interface  5256  is displayed in a compact mode and affordances associated with the focus of primary display  102  may be displayed on dynamic function row  104 .  FIG. 11G  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5260  at a location corresponding to affordance  5258 . 
       FIG. 11H  illustrates primary display  102  displaying an interface for tab B within window  5224 , where tabs A, B, and C are open within the web browser application. In  FIG. 11H , the interface for tab B shows the home web page of website B (e.g., associated with the URL: www.website_B.com/home). In  FIG. 11H , the interface for tab B is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding tab B and the bold text for tab B. 
       FIG. 11H  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  ceasing to display interface  5256  after detecting selection of affordance  5258  in  FIG. 11G . In  FIG. 11H , dynamic function row  104  includes the URL for the home web page of website B in address bar  5234  (e.g., www.website_B.com/home). In  FIG. 11H , dynamic function row  104  also includes: affordance  5262 -A, which, when activated (e.g., by a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display an interface for tab A and also causes dynamic function row  104  to show the URL corresponding to tab B in address bar  5234 ; and affordance  5262 -B, which, activated (e.g., by a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to display an interface for tab C and also causes dynamic function row  104  to show the URL corresponding to tab C in address bar  5234 . 
       FIG. 12A  illustrates primary display  102  displaying notification  5264  overlaid on window  5264  in response to reception of notification  5264  by portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 . In  FIG. 12A , notification  5264  corresponds to an SMS, instant message, or the like sent by MAS to the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 , where the notification&#39;s content inquiries “Landed yet?”  FIG. 12A  illustrates primary display  102  displaying the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  dragging notification  5264  with cursor  504  to a predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102 . For example, the user portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is able to cause display of a respective menu, notification, modal alert, or the like on dynamic function row  104  in response to dragging the respective menu, notification, modal alert, or the like from its origin location on primary display  102  to a predefined location (e.g., the bottom right-hand corner or another similar location). In some embodiments, the predefined location is one of a plurality of predefined locations that operate in a similar manner, where the plurality of predefined locations are default or user-specific locations. 
       FIG. 12B  illustrates primary display  102  ceasing to display notification  5264  overlaid on window  5264  in response to the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  dragging notification  5264  with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102  in  FIG. 12A .  FIG. 12B  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying notification  5264  overlaid on affordances  5262 -A and  5262 -B in response to the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  dragging notification  5264  with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102  in  FIG. 12A .  FIG. 12B  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5266  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location within notification  5264 . 
       FIG. 12C  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying response dialogue box  5268  in response to detecting contact  5266  at the location within notification  5264  in  FIG. 12B . Alternatively, in some embodiments, an application corresponding to notification  5264  is opened in response to detecting contact  5266  at the location within notification  5264  in  FIG. 12B . In  FIG. 12C , response dialogue box  5268  includes a plurality of predictive responses to the content of notification  5264  shown in  FIGS. 12A-12B . In  FIG. 12C , response dialogue box  5268  includes a first predictive response  5270  (“Yes.”), a second predictive response  5272  (“No.”), and a third predictive response  5274  (“On my way!”).  FIG. 12C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5276  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to the first predictive response  5270 . For example, in response to selection of the first predictive response  5270 , portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  causes the first predictive response  5270  (“Yes.”) to be sent to MAS via a default communication mode (e.g., SMS, instant message, or the like) or a same communication mode as the one by which notification  5264  was sent to the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200 . 
       FIG. 12D  illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to the show-all bookmarks affordance (e.g., resembling an open book) within window  5224 .  FIG. 12E  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a bookmarks sidebar within window  5224  in response to detecting selection of the show-all bookmarks affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 12D . In  FIG. 12E , the bookmarks sidebar is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the bookmarks sidebar.  FIG. 12E  also illustrates the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  dragging the bookmarks sidebar with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102 . 
       FIG. 12F  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of bookmark affordances  5278  (e.g., bookmark affordances  5278 -A to  5278 -G) corresponding to all pre-existing bookmarks in response to the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  dragging the bookmarks sidebar with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102  in  FIG. 12E . For example, when a respective one of the set of bookmark affordances  5278  is activated (e.g., via a tap contact), primary display  102  displays a website corresponding to the respective one of the set of bookmark affordances  5278  in a new tab within window  5224 . Continuing with this example, when the respective one of the set of bookmark affordances  5278  is activated (e.g., via a tap contact), dynamic function row  104  ceases to display the set of bookmark affordances  5278  and displays the set of controls for the web browser application and the URL for the website corresponding to the respective one of the set of bookmark affordances  5278  in address bar  5234  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 12E ). In  FIG. 12F , dynamic function row  104  also displays exit affordance  5112 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  to cease displaying the set of bookmark affordances  5278  and display the set of controls for the web browser application as shown in  FIG. 12E .  FIG. 12F  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to an exit affordance for closing window  5224 . 
       FIG. 12G  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5280  overlaid on the set of bookmark affordances  5278  in response to detecting selection of the exit affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 12F . In  FIG. 12G , modal alert  5280  prompts the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to confirm that they intend to close all open tabs within the web browser application. In  FIG. 12G , modal alert  5280  includes: exit affordance  5282 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes primary display  102  to cease display of window  5224 ; and cancel affordance  5284 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), dismisses modal alert  5280  and causes primary display  102  to maintain display of window  5224 .  FIG. 12G  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5286  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to exit affordance  5282 . 
       FIG. 12H  illustrates primary display  102  ceasing to display window  5224  and displaying window  5166  for the photo application in response to detecting selection of exit affordance  5282  in  FIG. 12G . In  FIG. 12H , status tray  502  indicates that the system/operating system is currently in focus on primary display  102 .  FIG. 12H  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to window  5166 .  FIG. 12H  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying the persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ) and the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ) in response to detecting selection of exit affordance  5282  in  FIG. 12G  and based on the current focus (e.g., the system/operating system) of primary display  102 . 
     In  FIG. 13A , the focus of primary display  102  is the photo application in response to detecting selection of window  5166  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 12H . More specifically, the all photos sub-section of a user&#39;s photo library is in focus on primary display  102  as shown by “Photos” displayed in bold and photos A-L at least partially displayed in window  5166 . In  FIG. 13A , status tray  502  indicates that the photo application is running in the foreground, and app tray  514  also indicates that the photo application is running in the foreground based on the shadow behind photo application icon  515 .  FIG. 13A  also illustrates primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to the file menu within status tray  502 .  FIG. 13A  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of affordances corresponding to the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library (e.g., affordances  5168 ,  5170 , and  5172 ) and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) in response to detecting selection of window  5166  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 12H . 
       FIG. 13B  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a menu of file controls  5288  in response to detecting selection of the file menu with cursor  504  in  FIG. 13A . In  FIG. 13B , the menu of file controls  5288  is in focus on primary display  102 . In  FIG. 13B , the menu of file controls  5288  includes a new album control, a new folder control, a new calendar control, an import control, an export control, a close window control, and a print control. 
       FIG. 13B  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a first plurality of affordances  5290  in response to detecting selection of the file menu with cursor  504  in  FIG. 13A . In  FIG. 13B , the first plurality of affordances  5290  correspond to the file controls shown in the menu of file controls  5288  displayed by primary display  102 . For example, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), affordance  5290 -G (e.g., corresponding to a close window file control) causes primary display  102  to cease display of window  5166  and also causes dynamic function row  104  to cease display of the first plurality of affordances  5290 .  FIG. 13B  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting an upward swipe gesture with contact  5292  moving from a first location  5294 -A to a second location  5294 -B. 
       FIG. 13C  illustrates primary display  102  displaying a menu of edit controls  5296  in response to detecting the upward swipe gesture in  FIG. 13B . For example, primary display  102  displays a menu of help controls in response to detecting a downward swipe on dynamic function row in  FIG. 13B . In  FIG. 13C , the menu of edit controls  5296  is in focus on primary display  102 . In  FIG. 13B , the menu of edit controls  5296  includes an undo control, a redo control, a cut control, a copy control, a paste control, a select all control, a find control, a font control, and a special characters control. 
       FIG. 13C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a second plurality of affordances  5298  in response to detecting the upward swipe gesture in  FIG. 13B . In  FIG. 13C , the second plurality of affordances  5298  correspond to the edit controls shown in the menu of edit controls  5296  displayed by primary display  102 . For example, the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is able to view the balance of the plurality of affordances  5298  (e.g., the special characters affordance  5289 -I) on dynamic function row  104  by performing a left-to-right swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 . 
       FIG. 14A  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a first plurality of affordances  5301  along with the persistent controls (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ) in response to receiving a signal from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) corresponding to a specified physical key (e.g., a function key) or a specified physical key combination for overriding the current affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 . In  FIG. 14A , dynamic function row  104  displays the first plurality of affordances  5301  (e.g., corresponding to F1-F12) and an exit affordance  5112  for ceasing to display the first plurality of affordances  5301  on dynamic function row  104 . In  FIG. 14A , dynamic function row  104  also navigation aid  5302  indicating that the first plurality of affordances  5301  is the first of four sets of affordances. For example, the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is able to reveal additional affordances within the first plurality of affordances  5301  (e.g., corresponding to F13, . . . ) by performing a left-to-right or right-to-left swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 . In some embodiments, the first plurality of affordances  5301  includes a customized symbol row set by the user of the computing system or a set of most frequently used symbols and/or special characters. 
       FIG. 14B  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a second plurality of affordances  5303  along with the persistent controls (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ) in response to receiving a second signal from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) corresponding to a specified physical key (e.g., a function key) or a specified physical key combination for overriding the current affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  displays the second plurality of affordances  5303  in response to detecting an upward swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104  in  FIG. 14A . In  FIG. 14B , dynamic function row  104  displays the second plurality of affordances  5301  (e.g., corresponding to 1, 2, 3, . . . ) and an exit affordance  5112  for ceasing to display the second plurality of affordances  5303  on dynamic function row  104 . In  FIG. 14B , navigation aid  5302  indicates that the second plurality of affordances  5302  is the second of four sets of affordances. For example, the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is able to reveal additional affordances within the second plurality of affordances  5302  by performing a left-to-right or right-to-left swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 . 
       FIG. 14C  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a third plurality of affordances  5304  along with the persistent controls (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ) in response to receiving a third signal from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) corresponding to a specified physical key (e.g., a function key) or a specified physical key combination for overriding the current affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  displays the third plurality of affordances  5304  in response to detecting an upward swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104  in  FIG. 14B . In  FIG. 14C , dynamic function row  104  displays the third plurality of affordances  5304  (e.g., corresponding to ˜, !, @, #, . . . ) and an exit affordance  5112  for ceasing to display the third plurality of affordances  5304  on dynamic function row  104 . In  FIG. 14C , navigation aid  5302  indicates that the third plurality of affordances  5302  is the third of four sets of affordances. For example, the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is able to reveal additional affordances within the third plurality of affordances  5304  by performing a left-to-right or right-to-left swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 . 
       FIG. 14D  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying a fourth plurality of affordances  5305  along with the persistent controls (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ) in response to receiving a fourth signal from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) corresponding to a specified physical key (e.g., a function key) or a specified physical key combination for overriding the current affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  displays the fourth plurality of affordances  5305  in response to detecting an upward swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104  in  FIG. 14C . In  FIG. 14D , dynamic function row  104  displays the fourth plurality of affordances  5305  (e.g., corresponding to [,], {, }, . . . ) and an exit affordance  5112  for ceasing to display the fourth plurality of affordances  5305  on dynamic function row  104 . In  FIG. 14D , navigation aid  5302  indicates that the fourth plurality of affordances  5305  is the fourth of four sets of affordances. For example, the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  is able to reveal additional affordances within the fourth plurality of affordances  5305  by performing a left-to-right or right-to-left swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 .  FIG. 14D  further illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5306  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to power control  534 . 
       FIG. 14E  illustrates dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5308  in response to detecting selection of power control  534  in  FIG. 14D . For example, modal alert  5308  is overlaid on the fourth plurality of functions affordance  5305 . In  FIG. 14E , modal alert  5308  prompts the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to select one of a plurality of options, including: logout affordance  5310 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes the current user of the user of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  to be logged out from portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  (i.e., computing device  202 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ); restart affordance  5312 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes restart of portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  (i.e., computing device  202 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ); power-off affordance  5314 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes portable computing system  100  or desktop computing system  200  (i.e., computing device  202 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) to power-off; and cancel affordance  5316 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes dynamic function row  104  to cease display of modal alert  5308 . 
     In some embodiments, the dynamic function row  104  (also referred to herein as the “touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ”) is populated with affordances that allow a user to easily manipulate a visual characteristic used to render content on the primary display  102 . A few examples are shown in  FIGS. 15A-15H . In particular,  FIG. 15A  shows that a user is interacting with a drawing application on the primary display  102 . In response to a selection of an editable portion within the drawing application (e.g., the user selects the head of the shown stick figure by placing the cursor  504  over the head and clicking or pressing using an input device), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include editing options. As shown in  FIG. 15A , in response to a user selecting a portion of an editable drawing object, the touch-sensitive secondary display is updated to include affordances that each correspond to various editing functions that are available for the type of editable object that was selected (e.g., different affordances are displayed depending on whether graphical or textual content is selected by the user, as explained in more detail below in reference to  FIGS. 24A-24N ). 
     In some embodiments, the affordances that each correspond to various editing functions include: (i) a general editing affordance  5501  that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display to display general editing options; (ii) a highlight styles affordance  5502  that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display to begin displaying highlighting options; and (iii) a markup affordance  5503  that, when selected (shown as selected in  FIG. 15A ), causes the touch-sensitive secondary display to begin displaying options for modifying visual characteristics that are used to render content on the primary display  102 . 
     In some embodiments, in response to a selection of markup affordance  5503 , the touch-sensitive secondary display begins displaying the options for modifying visual characteristics. In some embodiments and as shown in  FIG. 15A , these options are displayed adjacent to the markup affordance  5503  (e.g., the affordances that each correspond to various editing functions are displayed in a first region of the touch-sensitive secondary display and the options are displayed in an adjacent second region). In some embodiments, the first and second regions are included within an application-specific section of the touch-sensitive secondary display and other affordances are shown to the left (e.g., the “esc” affordance shown in  FIG. 15A ) and to the right of the application-specific section (e.g., affordances that allow for modifying brightness, for controlling playback of media content in the background of the computing system, and volume). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting a selection of a color picker affordance (e.g., selection  5010 -A,  FIG. 15A ), the touch-sensitive secondary display is shown using an overlay display mode in which color picking options are presented as occupying most of the application-specific portion of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . As shown in  FIG. 15B , the color picking objects are presented in a user interface control  5505  (also referred to as a color picker  5505 ) for modifying a visual characteristic (e.g., color) that is used to render content on the primary display. Other example visual characteristics include tint, shade, and opacity. 
     In some embodiments, if the user initiates a press-and-hold gesture (e.g., the user contacts a particular color shown in the user interface control  5505  and maintains the contact for more than a threshold amount of time, such as 0.5, 1, 1.5, or 2 seconds) or if the user contact over the particular color and a characteristic intensity of that contact satisfy an intensity threshold, then the user interface control  5505  shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display is updated to include additional options that correspond to the particular color. For example, in response to input  5010 -B over a representation of the color pink (e.g., a press-and-hold input or an input that satisfies the intensity threshold), the user interface control is updated to include additional shades of pink that are available for selection. As shown in  FIGS. 15C-15D , in response to the input  5010 -B, additional shades of pink are presented for selection within the touch-sensitive secondary display and the head of the editable object within the drawing application on primary display  102  is rendered using the particular color. 
     In some embodiments, the user is able to slide input  5010 -C across the representations of the additional shades of pink on the touch-sensitive secondary display and, in response, the head of the editable object shown on the primary display  102  is rendered using each contacted shade of pink. As shown in  FIG. 15D , the user contacts a different shade of pink using input  5010 -C and, in response, the primary display  102  renders content using the different shade of pink. In some embodiments, the inputs  5010 -A,  5010 -B, and  5010 -C correspond to one continuous input and, in this way, users are able to quick and efficiently preview how objects will look after selecting various values for a particular visual characteristic. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface control  5505  has at least two display modes that allow for choosing between basic and advanced modifying functions for a particular visual characteristic. In some embodiments, users are able to toggle between these at least two display modes by selecting a mode-switching affordance  5506 . For example, in response to input  5003  shown in  FIG. 15B , the color picker  5505  is shown in an advanced display mode (distinct from the basic display mode shown in  FIG. 15B-15C ) as shown in  FIG. 15E  and the mode-switching affordance is shown in a different display state that corresponds to a basic mode for the color picker  5505 . In some embodiments, the advanced display mode also includes displaying user interface controls that allow for modifying other visual characteristics (examples are shown in  FIGS. 15F-15H  for tint, shade, and opacity, respectively). In some embodiments, the user is able to select any of the respective user interface controls and is then able to slide across a respective user interface control to cause the primary display  102  to begin rendering a preview of how a selected object will appear. 
     In some embodiments, the application-specific section of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  changes to include different affordances when the user opens up a new application (e.g., switches from the content-editing application shown in  FIGS. 15A-15D ). As shown in  FIGS. 16A-16M , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes affordances that allow users to quickly and efficiently navigate through web content and perform browser-specific functions directly from the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . In some embodiments, the application-specific section of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays representations of tabs that correspond to tabs shown in a web browser on the primary display  102 .  FIG. 16A  illustrates example affordances shown in touch-sensitive secondary display  104  while a web browser includes only a single tab. In accordance with a determination that the web browser includes more than a single tab, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include representations corresponding to each of the tabs (e.g., examples are shown for 2-10 tabs in  FIGS. 16B-16C and 16F-16L , respectively). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is configured to display representations for a predefined number of tabs (e.g., up to 15 tabs, as shown in the example shown in  FIG. 16M ). 
     By providing representations of each of the tabs directly within the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , users are able to navigate through tabs very quickly (e.g., instead of having to cycle through tabs using a trackpad or using a complicated sequence of keyboard inputs). In some embodiments, the user is able to provide a single gesture at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  that allows for quick navigation between each of the tabs shown on the primary display  102 . An example of such quick navigation between three different tabs of web content using affordances shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is shown in  FIGS. 16C-16E . Additional details regarding  FIGS. 16A-16M  are provided below in reference to method  1100  and  FIG. 49 . 
     In some embodiments, the representations shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display show a shrunken/mini-view of content associated with a corresponding tab in the web browser on primary display  102  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 12H  each of the representations of respective tabs includes a mini-view of web content for a corresponding tab). In some embodiments, appropriate representations are also shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display for a blank tab ( FIG. 16N ), a top sites tab ( FIG. 16O ), and a favorites tab ( FIG. 16P ). 
     In some embodiments, users are able to navigate through a hierarchy of favorite sites that is displayed on the primary display  102  using affordances that are shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . For example,  FIG. 16Q  shows the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  with affordances that each correspond to one or more favorite sites. In response to a selection of one of these affordances (e.g., input  5013  selecting a folder “News &amp; Media” of favorites,  FIG. 16Q ), the primary display  102  is updated as is the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., to include representations of favorite sites included in the folder, as shown in  FIG. 16R ). 
     In accordance with a determination that one or more of the favorite sites shown on the primary display  102  are from a same base domain (e.g., URL), the touch-sensitive secondary display includes additional details about the one or more favorite sites. For example, the “Design Milk” and “Dwell” favorites are both from the “twitter.com” domain and, as such, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes additional details (e.g., a TWITTER handle in addition to an icon for TWITTER, as shown in  FIG. 16S ).  FIG. 16S-16T  also illustrates that the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated in response to inputs received via the primary display  102 . For example, in response to input  5014  selecting the URL bar and to the user typing in some text in the URL bar, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include text completion options (e.g., “.com,” “.net,” “.org” and the like to help a user while typing a domain name, as shown in  FIG. 16T ). 
       FIGS. 17A-17G  provide examples of suggesting content (e.g., content to complete various form elements) and actions (e.g., an action to submit payment) to a user via the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . As shown in  FIG. 17A , while the user is interacting with a web page that includes form entry elements on the primary display  102 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include suggest content for use in completing form elements. For example, the user is provided with affordances for auto-completing either “Home” or “Work” address information ( FIG. 17A ). As another example, after completing initial form elements and navigating to a payment entry page, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include affordances that correspond to stored credit card details (as shown in  FIG. 17B ) (upon selection of a particular affordance at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , the primary display  102  is updated to include the stored credit card details corresponding to the particular affordance). Another non-limiting example is providing an affordance for inputting a suggested or stored password ( FIGS. 17F-17G ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  also includes affordances for sending payment after a user provides an authenticated fingerprint (as shown in  FIGS. 17C-17E ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  also displays affordances that correspond to audio recording, video recording, and screen recording functions available via a media player application. Some examples are shown in  FIGS. 18A-18I . As shown in  FIG. 18A , in response to a user opening an audio recording dialog on the primary display  102 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include an affordance  5061  for starting an audio recording and an optional affordance  5060  for configuring audio options. 
     In some embodiments, in response to a selection of the affordance  5060 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include selectable options for each available audio input (e.g., an option for “Built-in Audio” and another option for “Neumann KMS,” as shown in  FIG. 18B ). In some embodiments, the selectable options are displayed in an overlay display mode within the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  and, in response to a selection of the “x” icon shown in the left side of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , the overlay display mode is exited and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  again appears as shown in  FIG. 18A . 
     Turning now to  FIG. 18C , in response to a user opening a screen recording dialog on the primary display  102 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include a first affordance for starting a screen recording and an optional second affordance for configuring audio options. In response to detecting a selection of the second affordance, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to present audio options. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a selection of the first affordance, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to present recording options (including options for selecting the screen to record from,  FIG. 18E ) and, after the user selects from the recording options, the screen recording is initiated and the primary display  102  is updated to indicate that the screen recording has started. In other embodiments, the screen recording begins directly after selection the first affordance. 
       FIGS. 18F-18G  show example affordances shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  in response to a user opening a video recording dialog. In some embodiments, a user is able to utilize these affordances to quickly configure recording options (and without having to navigate through complex menu hierarchies to locate these options), such as camera options and audio input options (as shown in  FIG. 18G ). 
     In some embodiments, if a user begins recording audio, video, or screen content and the user exits the media application, then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include status indicators (such as a file size for the ongoing recording) and user interface controls that allow for controlling the ongoing recording ( FIG. 18H ). In some embodiments, if the user begins a recording, exits the media application by opening a web browser application, and then selects the “x” icon (e.g., input  5800 ) shown in  FIG. 18H , then in response, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include affordances that correspond to the web browser and a recording status indicator  5801  corresponding to the ongoing recording is provided in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 18I ). 
     In some embodiments, controls and/or affordances presented in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  also help to provide quick and easy access to useful functions while playing a media item. Some examples of useful functions include seeking through the media item, selecting subtitle and audio configuration options, and/or trimming the media item (example user interfaces shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to perform the useful functions are provided in  FIGS. 19A-19K ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 19A , while the primary display  102  is displaying a media item, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes representations of portions of the media item. In some embodiments, users are able to provide an input in order to quick navigate through a media item. For example, in response to input  5015 -A and movement of the input  5015 -A in a substantially rightward direction across the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , the primary display is updated to seek through the media item (e.g., to go from showing content correspond to Scene # 1 A,  FIG. 19A , to showing content corresponding to Scene # 4 A,  FIG. 19B ). The touch-sensitive secondary display  104  also seeks through the representations of the portions of the media item in accordance with the movement of the input  5015 -A. As shown in  FIG. 19B , in accordance with a determination that the input  5015 -A satisfies a time-based or intensity-based threshold, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  provides a zoomed-in view for one of the representations that is currently contacted by the input  5015 -A. 
     In some embodiments, the representations of portions of the media item correspond to a type of the media item. For example, in accordance with a determination that the media item is of a first type (e.g., stored video content or other video content for which thumbnails are available), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes thumbnail representations of particular frames within the media item. In accordance with a determination that the media item is of a second type (e.g., streaming video content for which thumbnail previews are not available), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  does not include thumbnail representations (as shown in  FIG. 16R ). In accordance with a determination that the media item is of a third type (e.g., live video content), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  does not include thumbnail representations (as shown in  FIG. 19H ). In accordance with a determination that the media item is of a fourth type (e.g., audio-only content), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes an audio graph representing the media item (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 19I ). 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that subtitles are available (e.g., via a media content provider or other associated entity), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes an audio-configuration affordance  5805  (as shown for  FIGS. 19F and 19G ). In response to detecting a selection of the audio-configuration affordance  5805 , the touch-sensitive secondary display is updated to display available subtitle and audio configuration options for the media item (e.g., examples are shown in  FIGS. 19C and 19D ). 
     In some embodiments, the media item discussed above is also editable and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes user interface controls that allow for modifying the media item (e.g., to trim the media item, as shown in  FIGS. 19J-19K ). 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 20A-20G , example user interfaces are presented in which the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is used to help facilitate faster data entry and, in particular, faster creation of reminders (or other object types for other types of applications). In some embodiments, in response to a user opening up a reminders application, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include a new object affordance that, when selected (e.g., using input  5016 ,  FIG. 20A ), causes creation of a new reminder (or some other new content item for other types of applications). 
     In response to detecting the input  5016 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays the new object affordance in an inactive state (i.e., the new object affordance is greyed out and is not selectable), displays a reminder completion affordance (e.g., a checkmark icon that, when selected, causes a computing device in communication with the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to mark a currently selected reminder on the primary display  102  as complete), a reminder details affordance (e.g., an i included within a circle that, when selected, causes the computing device to display options for editing details associated with the currently selected reminder), and text-entry options for adding text to the currently selected reminder. In some embodiments, the reminder completion affordance and the reminder details affordance are initially shown in the inactive state until the user provides a title for the currently selected reminder. As shown in  FIG. 20C , in accordance with a determination that the user has provided the title, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays the new object affordance, the reminder completion affordance, and the reminder details affordance in active, selectable states.  FIG. 20C  also illustrates that the text-entry options change as the user provides additional text (e.g., new text-entry options are selected based at least in part on text previously entered by the user). 
     In response to an input at the reminder details affordance (e.g., input  5017 ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include an “Add Time” affordance and an “Add Location” affordance ( FIG. 20D ), instead of the text-entry options that were previously shown. 
     In response to detecting input  5018  at the Add Time affordance, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include options for selecting a date and time for the currently selected reminder on the primary display  102 . As shown in  FIGS. 20E-20F , as the user modifies these options, the user interface for the reminders application shown on primary display  102  is updated accordingly (e.g., to reflect that the user modified the reminder time from 1 PM to 1:45 PM). 
     In some embodiments, in a response to a gesture (e.g., a press and hold gesture that remains in contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for more than a predetermined amount of time, such as 0.5-1.5 seconds) at a date affordance (e.g., showing “June 25” in  FIG. 20E ), the touch-sensitive secondary display is updated to include a control that allows for selecting a new date. In some embodiments the control that allows for selecting the new date appears and extends out from a point at which the gesture contacts the touch-sensitive secondary display. In some embodiments, the user is then able to slide the gesture over the control and select a new date for use with the reminder. In some embodiments, in conjunction with displaying the control, the time slide shown in  FIG. 20E  is reduced to a smaller display size in which only a selected time range is shown. 
     In response to detecting input  5019  over the Add Location affordance, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include location-selection options (as shown in  FIG. 20G ). As shown in  FIG. 20G , in response to a selection of one of the location-selection options (e.g., the “Home” option using input  5020 ), the primary display  102  is updated accordingly (e.g., to include an address and map representation corresponding to the selected location). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include affordances that allow for accessing functions available via a desktop management application (e.g., FINDER application).  FIGS. 21A-21J  illustrate example affordances that are shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  that, when selected, cause a computing device that is in communication with the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to perform various file management functions (including searching for files, modifying file names and other characteristics, sharing, posting, or moving files, and deleting files). 
     In some embodiments, when a user initially accesses the desktop management application, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  does not display any application-specific affordances for the desktop management application, as shown in  FIG. 21A  (in other embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  may include options for accessing favorite folders). In response to opening up a new window on the primary display  102  (e.g., an “All My Files” window,  FIG. 21B ) and before selecting a file shown within the new window, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include affordances for navigating through various folders, internal disk drives, removable/external disk drives, and the like. For example, as shown in  FIG. 21B , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes affordances for navigating to “iCloud Drive,” “Home,” “Applications,” “Documents,” “Desktop,” and others by performing a right-to-left swipe gesture in order to reveal additional affordances. 
     In some embodiments, in response to a selection of a respective file that is displayed within the new window shown (e.g., a selection of a “read-only file,”  FIG. 21C , or a selection of some other file,  FIG. 21D ), the touch-sensitive secondary display is updated to include options for interacting with the respective file. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective file is a read-only file, some of the options presented in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are shown in an inactive display mode (e.g., the “New Folder with Selection,” “Add Tags,” and “Move To” options are greyed out in  FIG. 21C ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective file is not a read-only file, all options are presented in an active display mode (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 21D ). 
     In some embodiments, in response to a selection of any one of the options (e.g., in response to any one of the inputs  5021 ,  5022 , and  5023 ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated. For example: in response to input  5021 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include options for tagging the respective file (as shown in  FIG. 21E ); in response to input  5022 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include options for moving the respective file (as shown in  FIG. 21F ); and in response to input  5023 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include options for sharing the respective file (as shown in  FIG. 21G ). 
     In some embodiments (and as shown in  FIG. 21G ), the options for sharing the respective file include sending the respective file via a mail application, sending the respective file via a short-range communication protocol (e.g., AIRDROP), and/or posting the respective file via one or more social networking applications (e.g., TWITTER, FACEBOOK, INSTAGRAM, etc.). After a user selects one of the sharing/sending/posting options shown in  FIG. 21G , the primary display  102  is updated to display an appropriate application and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to display lower-level sharing options. For example, in response to input  5025  ( FIG. 21G ), the primary display  102  is updated to display an appropriate application (e.g., a TWITTER application, including a representation of the respective file that will be posted) and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to display text-entry options for adding text to the post and a button that, when selected, posts the respective file and any added text. 
     As another example, in response to input  5024 -A ( FIG. 21G ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include lower-level sharing options for selecting a device to which the respective file should be sent (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 211 , the touch-sensitive secondary display includes affordances for each of a plurality of nearby devices to which the respective file may be sent). In response to input  5024 -B, the computing device initiates sending of the respective file and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include a status indicator  5092  reflecting progress of the sending ( FIG. 21J ). 
       FIGS. 22A-22C  illustrate examples of using the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to more quickly access trash-emptying functions (e.g., instead of having to navigate to, locate, and then select trash-emptying functions from a hierarchical menu), these functions are displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for selection using a single input. In some embodiments, while viewing a window for “Trash” when no file is selected, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes an affordance that, when selected, causes the computing system to empty the entire trash (e.g., the “Empty Trash” affordance of  FIG. 22A ). In some embodiments (and as shown in  FIG. 22B ), while viewing a window for “Trash” when a file is selected, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes affordance that, when selected, causes the computing system to empty the entire trash (e.g., the “Delete All” affordance), to delete just the selected file (e.g., the “Delete Selection” affordance), or to remove the selected file from the trash (e.g., the “Put Back” affordance).  FIG. 22C  illustrates that the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  may also display controls from a modal dialog on the primary display  102 , in response to selection of the “Delete All” or the “Empty Trash” affordances, thus allowing the user to quickly and easily complete the trash emptying function by providing inputs at only the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . 
     In some embodiments, while viewing a trash window or while viewing some other window (e.g., an All My Files window), the user is able to begin searching all files by selecting a search box. In response to a selection of the search box, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include searching options (e.g., options for choosing a directory or folder in which the search should be conducted,  FIG. 23A ), or options for choosing whether to search by “Filename” or “Everything,”  FIG. 23B ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include affordances that allow for quickly accessing document editing functions (a few examples are provided in  FIGS. 24A-24N ). 
     In particular, as shown in  FIG. 24A , in response to a user opening up a document editing application (e.g., a word processing application), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include a set of affordances for performing document editing functions. In some embodiments, the set of affordances includes a first affordance  5501  (e.g., a general editing affordance  5501 ), a second affordance  5502  (e.g., a highlight styles affordance  5502 ), and a third affordance  5503  (e.g., a markup affordance  5503 ). In some embodiments, each of the first, second, and third affordances are associated with additional affordances that are displayed after user input. For example, in response to a selection of the first affordance  5501 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include additional affordances that are associated with the first affordance ( FIG. 24A ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 24A , the additional affordances that are associated with the first affordance include (i) a counter-clockwise rotation affordance that, when selected, causes a selected object on the primary display  102  to be rotated 90 degrees in a counter-clockwise direction; (ii) a clockwise rotation affordance that, when selected, causes a selected object on the primary display  102  to be rotated 90 degrees in a clockwise direction; (iii) a rectangular selection tool that, when selected, allows for the use of a rectangular selection tool on the primary display  102 ; (iv) an optional text options affordance; and (v) a crop affordance that, when selected, causes cropping of a selected portion of an object displayed on the primary display  102 .  FIG. 24A  also illustrates a selection of the rectangular selection tool from the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., via input  5027 ). 
     In  FIG. 24B , the user has selected a portion of a displayed document on the primary display  102  and also selects the highlight styles affordance  5502  from the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., via input  5028 ). In response to the selection of the highlight styles affordance  5502 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include additional affordances that are associated with the highlight styles affordance, including five different affordances for highlighting in various colors, an underline affordance, and a strikethrough affordance ( FIG. 24C ). 
       FIG. 24C  also illustrates user selection of the markup affordance  5503  (e.g., via input  5029 ) and, in response, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include default affordances that are associated with the markup affordance  5503  (e.g., those shown in  FIG. 19K  adjacent to the markup affordance  5503 ). In some embodiments, the default affordances include one or more optional affordances  5030  that are displayed if the primary display  102  includes image content. In some embodiments, as a user selects objects on the primary display  102 , the default affordances are replaced with additional affordances that are selected based on a type of object that is currently selected on the primary display  102  (e.g., a graphical or a textual object). 
     For example, In accordance with a determination that the type of object that is currently selected on the primary display  102  is of a first type (e.g., is a textual object, such as the “** New Text Object” shown in  FIG. 24E ), then the additional affordances include those shown in  FIG. 24E . The additional affordances allow for easy and quick modifications of visual characteristics used to render the selected object on the primary display  102  (e.g., as shown in  FIGS. 24F-24G , the user may modify a color characteristic by simply adjusting/sliding a control for the color picker). In accordance with a determination that the type of object that is currently selected on the primary display  102  is of a second type (e.g., is a drawn graphical object, such as the red line shown in  FIG. 24G ), then the additional affordances include those shown in  FIG. 24G . 
     In some embodiments, if a user attempts to exit an application (e.g., such as the document-editing application shown on primary display  102  in  FIG. 24H ), then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include options for interacting with a modal save dialog. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is also configured to display printing options in response to a request to print a document that is currently display on the primary display  102  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 24I ). 
       FIGS. 24J-24K  include example affordances displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  in response to a user request to modify line styles (e.g.,  FIG. 24J ) and in response to a user request to modify text styles (e.g.,  FIG. 24K ). 
     In some embodiments, document-editing functions are available to markup objects included within mail messages (e.g., emails, text messages, etc.).  FIGS. 24L-24N  provide examples in which the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include some of the document-editing functions discussed above (in particular, the functions associated with markup affordance  5503 ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include affordances for performing unlock operations. For example,  FIG. 25A  an input  5901  requesting to access a locked object (e.g., a locked notes file object). In response to detecting the input  5901 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  ceases to display text-editing and text-suggestion options (as shown in  FIG. 25A ) and instead displays an instruction that the locked object may be unlocked by providing an authorized fingerprint at (or adjacent to) the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . As shown in  FIG. 25B , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes an icon for the Notes application and an instruction to “Touch ID to Unlock Note” along with an arrow instructing the user where the fingerprint should be provided. In this way, the user is able to unlock the locked object by providing a single input (the authorized fingerprint) instead of having to enter a potentially lengthy passcode. 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is also populated to include instructions for performing an unlock function in response to (i) the user accessing a login screen (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 26A ) or attempting to switch to a different user from the login screen or elsewhere (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 26C ); (ii) the user exiting from a locked screensaver (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 26B ); (iii) the user attempting to access a locked system preference (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 26D ); and (iv) the user attempting to install a new component (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 26E ). 
     In some embodiments, if the computing system is associated with at least two users (e.g., the computing system has been configured to have login profiles for each of the at least two users), then when the computing system is initially started up, a login screen is displayed that allows for selecting whether to login as a first or a second of the at least two users. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that a respective user has provided an authorized fingerprint (e.g., at a region of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  that accepts fingerprints), the computing system matches the authorized fingerprint to one of the first or the second users and then causes the primary display  102  to show a new login screen that is specific to the matched user (e.g., the new login screen asks the respective user to enter a password to gain access to the computing system). In this way, the respective user simply provides a fingerprint instead of having to navigate using a trackpad or mouse to select one of the at least two users from the login screen. 
     In some embodiments, providing an authorized fingerprint enables the respective user to gain immediate access to the computing system. In some embodiments, an initial login has already been performed (e.g., during the initial login, a password is entered to gain access to the computing system) and the computing system has been locked at a later point in time. If a user then provides an authorized fingerprint to gain access after that later point in time, then in accordance with a determination that the authorized fingerprint matches a valid user of the computing system, then immediate access to the computing system is granted. In some embodiments, when the computing system is locked at the later point in time, at least two users have active login sessions at the computing system (either of these two users is able to simply provide a fingerprint in order to re-gain access to the computing system). Additional details regarding the use of biometric sensors to gain access and perform other functions at the computing system are provided below for methods  2800  and  2900 , described below in reference to  FIGS. 66 and 67 . 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include affordances for navigating through photos (or other media items), for modifying photos, and for performing other functions available via a photo-editing or photo-browsing application. Some examples are shown in  FIGS. 27A-29T . 
     In particular,  FIG. 27A  shows that, while a user is viewing a plurality of photos associated with a photo-editing application on the primary display  102 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include representations of each of the plurality of photos (e.g., mini-views  5070 -B,  5071 -B, etc. of each of the plurality of photos), among other options for interacting with the plurality of photos (e.g., to flag one of the photos as a favorite, to rotate a photo, and/or to edit a photo).  FIG. 27A  illustrates that the photo-editing application is currently displaying “Photo E” and that a respective representation for Photo E in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., representation  5071 -B) is displayed in a larger format to provide an indication that Photo E is the currently displayed photo. 
     By providing an input at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., a tap or a swipe gesture), the user is able to quickly navigate through the plurality of photos on the primary display  102 . For example, as shown in  FIG. 27B , the user provides a swipe gesture  5068  at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  in a substantially right-to-left direction and, in response, both the primary display  102  and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are updated in accordance with movement of the swipe gesture  5068 . As the swipe gesture  5068  travels across the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , the photos shown on the primary display  102  are updated based on which representations are contacted by the swipe gesture  5068  in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (as shown in  FIG. 27B ). 
       FIG. 27B  also illustrates a selection of an edit button on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., via input  5030 ). In response to the input  5030 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include photo-editing options (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 27C ) for the currently selected photo shown on the primary display  102 . In some embodiments, in response to a selection of a respective photo-editing option, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to reflect the selection (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 27D  for an enhance affordance). 
     In response to a selection of a tool navigation affordance (e.g., via input  5031 ,  FIG. 27E ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include additional editing tools, including “Crop,” “Filters,” “Adjust,” “Retouch,” and “Red-eye” editing functions. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  also includes an “x” icon that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to ceases to display overlaid content (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 27G , the overlaid content is no longer displayed in response to selection of the “x” icon). 
     Returning to the discussion of  FIG. 27F , the user is able to select any of the additional editing tools shown on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . In some embodiments, the selection is performed by tapping on one of the additional editing tools (e.g., using any one of inputs  5032 ,  5033 ,  5034 ,  5035 , and  5036 ). In some embodiments, the user may press and hold an input over the tool navigation affordance (e.g., input  5031 ,  FIG. 27E  is a press and hold input) and the user then slides the input  5031  towards a desired one of the additional editing tools (e.g., the inputs  5032 - 5036  correspond to either a liftoff of input  5031  or any additional press to indicate a selection).  FIGS. 27H-27K  illustrate example controls available after input  5032  of the crop tool (in some embodiments, these controls include controls for rotating an object ( FIGS. 27H-27I ) and controls for modifying an aspect ratio for an object ( FIGS. 27J-27K )). 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 27L-27M , example controls that are available in response to input  5033  over a filters tool are shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . As to inputs  5035  and  5036 , example controls displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  in response to these inputs are provided in  FIG. 27N  (retouch controls) and  270  (red-eye controls), respectively. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 28A , example adjustment controls that are displayed in response to input  5034  in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are shown. As shown in  FIG. 28A , the adjustment controls include controls for modifying light, color, and contrast (“B&amp;W”) aspects of an image. In response to each of inputs  5039 ,  5040 , and  5041  ( FIGS. 28A, 28B, 28C , respectively), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include a slider control that allows for modifying light, color, and contrast, respectively, for an image (as shown in  FIGS. 28A-28C , a photo displayed on the primary display  102  is updated as a respective slider control is modified at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ). 
     In some embodiments, after a respective slider control is modified in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , a checkmark that is highlighted using blue is displayed to indicate that a photo displayed on the primary display  102  has been rendered using the modification. In some embodiments, users are easily able to revert modifications by tapping at the checkmark (e.g., in response to input  5043  at the checkmark for the color slider control, Photo E is no longer rendered using the color modifications and the blue highlighting at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is no longer presented, as shown in  FIG. 28F ).  FIG. 28G  provides an overview of various presentation states for each of the light, color, and contrast slider controls. 
     Additional examples of controls displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  and used to browse through photos are shown in  FIGS. 28H-28L . In particular:  FIG. 28H  illustrates controls displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for navigating through photos at a years/collections level;  FIG. 28I  illustrates that, in response to a selection of a photo while browsing through photos at the years/collections level, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes additional options (including a favorites icon and a rotation icon);  FIG. 28J  illustrates a selection of the favorites icon while browsing through individual photos;  FIG. 28K  illustrates that if a representation of a live photo is contacted while navigating through photos (and, in some embodiments, after a scrubber comes to rest at the representation of the live photo), then a different scrubber representation is presented; and  FIG. 28L  illustrates that if a representation of a video is contact while navigating through photos (and, in some embodiments, after a scrubber comes to rest at the representation of the video), then another different scrubber representation is presented and a play button is provided to allow for playback of the video. 
     In some embodiments, the representations that are displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are presented differently for various types of videos (e.g., an example for a slo-mo video is shown in  FIG. 28M  and an example for a regular video is shown in  FIG. 28N ). Some embodiments also allow for trimming videos directly from the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (e.g., as shown in  FIGS. 28O-28P ). 
     In some embodiments, controls displayed within the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are provided while navigating through an albums tabs in a photos application (e.g., as shown in  FIGS. 29A-29D ), while navigating through a shared tab in a photos application (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 29E ), and while navigating through an activity tab of a photos application (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 29F-29J ). 
     In some embodiments, controls displayed within the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are provided for slideshows and print products that are accessed through a photos application (examples are shown in  FIGS. 29K-29O ), thus allowing users to quickly and easily add text or photos to a slideshow, as well as add shipping details and configure ordering options for a print order. 
     In some embodiments, while searching for photos within a photos application, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with controls for selecting map viewing options (e.g., to help narrow down a search for photos taken near a particular location,  FIG. 29P ), controls for selecting a search parameter (e.g.,  FIG. 29Q ), and/or controls for picking photos to import into the photos application (e.g.,  FIGS. 29R-29T ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances to perform system-wide search functions. Some examples are shown in  FIGS. 30A-30F . In some embodiments, in response to user input adding text to a search query (e.g., the text “photo” added between  FIGS. 30A and 30B ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include text completion options (as shown in  FIG. 30B ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is also populated to include application-control affordances in addition to the text completion options. For example,  FIG. 30C  illustrates application-control affordances for a contacts application,  FIGS. 30D and 30E  illustrates application-control affordances for a media-playing application,  FIG. 30F  illustrates application-control affordances for a maps application. In some embodiments, the application-control affordances are displayed in response to a selection of a particular search result on the primary display  102  and include controls that may be used to interact with content corresponding to the particular search result. 
     In some embodiments, the system-wide search function is activated using a gesture at the touch-sensitive secondary display. For example, in response to a swipe gesture in a substantially downward vertical direction across the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , the primary display is caused to display a user interface for the system-wide search (e.g., the user interface shown in  FIG. 30A ). In some embodiments, this gesture to activate the system-wide search is available when the primary display is displaying a desktop user interface (e.g., a page of the FINDER). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances to select between various workspaces (e.g., using a MISSION CONTROL feature available through some operating systems). Some examples are shown in  FIGS. 31A-31B . 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances to navigate through numerous search results that are displayed on the primary display  102 . Some examples are shown in  FIGS. 32A-32E  (additional details are provided below in reference to method  1200  and  FIG. 50 ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances to quickly access functions while using a messaging application on the primary display  102 . Examples are shown in  FIGS. 33A-33K . 
     As shown in  FIG. 33A , in response to a user creating a new message in a messaging application shown on the primary display  102  (or in response to a user selected the “+” icon shown in the messaging application within a recipients area), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include affordances for adding predicted recipients to the new message. For example,  FIG. 33A  includes a first affordance for a first predicted recipient (John Appleseed&#39;s Home) and a second affordance for a second predicted recipient (John Campbell&#39;s Home). In response to input  5045  selecting the first affordance from the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , the new message in the messaging application on the primary display  102  is updated to display an address that corresponds to the first predicted recipient. Proactive/predicted suggestions are discussed in more detail in U.S. application Ser. No. 15/167,713, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     In some embodiments, in response to a selection of a text entry field for the new message (e.g., input  5046 -A), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  begins displaying (shown from left to right in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  of  FIG. 33B ) (i) a microphone affordance that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to display options for recording and sending audio via the messaging application ( FIGS. 33G-33K ); (ii) an emoji affordance that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display to display options for selecting emoji to add to the new message ( FIGS. 33C-33D , also described in more detail below in reference to method  1500  and  FIG. 53 ); (iii) a picture picker affordance that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display to provide controls for selecting one or more photos to add to the new message ( FIG. 33F , and example photo-picking controls are also discussed above in reference to  FIGS. 27A-27B ); and (iv) predicted text entry options. 
     In some embodiments, after selecting the microphone affordance, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include a record affordance that, when selected, causes the computing system to begin recording audio. In some embodiments, while audio is being recorded, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include a representation of the recorded audio (as shown in  FIG. 33H ). In some embodiments, after audio has finished recording (or a user selects a stop recording button shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ,  FIG. 33H ), a send button is activated (as shown in  FIG. 33I ). 
     In some embodiments, after contact by an input with the microphone affordance, the input remains in contact with the microphone affordance to begin an audio recording (as shown in  FIG. 33J ). In some embodiments, to end the audio recording the user removes the input from contacting the touch-sensitive secondary display and, in response, the touch-sensitive secondary display includes a representation of the completed audio recording, a cancel button, and an active send button. 
     In some embodiments, in response to a selection of a messaging bubble that is included in a particular conversation thread shown within the messaging application (e.g., a messaging bubble that includes content received from some other user) on the primary display  102 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include controls for selecting bubble acknowledgements (e.g., adjacent to the photo picker affordance are example controls for selecting bubble acknowledgements). In some embodiments, if the selected messaging bubble corresponds to a message sent by the user (i.e., not by some other user), then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  does not include the controls for selecting bubble acknowledgements. 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling a contacts application, as shown in  FIGS. 34A-34C . In some embodiments, in response to opening a contacts application for display on the primary display  102 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include the following affordances for controlling the contacts application (shown from left to right after the “esc” affordance): (i) a “+” affordance that, when selected, causes the contacts application to initiate a process for adding a new contact; (ii) an optional telephone calling affordance that, when selected, initiates a telephone call to a contact that is currently selected in the contacts application on the primary display  102 ; (iii) an optional video calling affordance that, when selected, initiates a video call to a contact that is currently selected in the contacts application; (iv) an optional instant messaging affordance that, when selected, causes the primary display  102  to begin displaying a messaging application for sending a message to a contact that is currently selected in the contacts application; (v) an optional email affordance that, when selected, causes the primary display  102  to begin displaying an email application for composing an email to a contact that is currently selected in the contacts application; (vi) an edit affordance that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to displaying editing options and causes the primary display  102  to enter a mode that allows for editing a contact that is currently selected in the contacts application; (vii) a share affordance that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to displaying options for sharing a contact that is currently selected in the contacts application. 
     In some embodiments, the optional telephone calling, video calling, instant messaging, and email are each displayed in accordance with a determination that a contact that is currently selected (i.e., has a focus selector on the primary display  102 ) is associated with contact details that allow for placing a telephone call (e.g., that a telephone number is stored for the contact), placing a video call (e.g., that an appropriate username or email is stored for the contact), sending an instant message (e.g., that an appropriate username or email is stored for the contact), or sending an email (e.g., that an email address is stored for the contact). In some embodiments, if this determination is not satisfied then a respective optional affordance is either not displayed at all or is displayed in an inactive state (i.e., the respective affordance is displayed in a greyed out, un-selectable state). 
       FIG. 34A  also shows an input  5049  over the edit affordance and, in response to the input  5049 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include edit controls and the primary display  102  enters a mode that allows for editing a contact (as shown in  FIG. 34B ). In some embodiments, the edit controls that are shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are selected based on which contact details are being editing on the primary display  102 . For example, in accordance with a determination that name, company, or department fields are currently being edited (e.g., have the focus selector on the primary display  102 , as shown for the name field in  FIG. 34B ), then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include controls for adding new contact details (e.g., a new phone number, a new email address, a new physical address, and/or a new birthday, etc.). 
     As another example, in accordance with a determination that a phone number field is being editing (e.g., has the focus selector on the primary display  102 , as shown in  FIG. 34C ), then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include controls for assigning a label or removing a phone number that is selected on the primary display  102  (as shown in  FIG. 34C ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling a calculator application, as shown in  FIGS. 35A-35B . For example, in response to opening a calculator application on the primary display  102 , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated to include affordances for controlling calculator functions (examples of these affordances are shown in  FIG. 35A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  also provides controls for quickly converting between various currencies (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 35B ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling a calendar application and for modifying events that are associated with the calendar application, as shown in  FIGS. 36A-36W . In some embodiments, the affordances include affordances that allow for navigating through various calendar views (e.g.,  FIGS. 36A-36D ), as well as affordances that allow for quickly editing event details (e.g., as shown in  FIGS. 36E-36T ) and affordances that allow for responding to pending event invitations (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 36U-36W ). Additional details regarding  FIGS. 36A-36W  are provided below in reference to method  1300  and  FIG. 51 . 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling a mail application, as shown in  FIGS. 37A-37M . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is used to efficiently change flags applied to an email that has a focus selector on the primary display  102 . As shown in  FIGS. 30A-37C , a user is able to initiate a press and hold gesture over a flag affordance and, in response, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to display flag options for the email that has the focus selector, and the user then slides (in a continuous movement of the press and hold gesture) over a desired flag (e.g., the purple flag). The touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is then updated to show that the desired flag has been selected ( FIG. 37C ). 
     In some embodiments, in response to a selection of a move-to option (on either the primary display  102  or the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include controls for moving an email to a different folder or repository (examples are shown in  FIGS. 37D-37E ). 
     In some embodiments, while a user is editing or composing an email message, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include affordances for text completion (“I,” “The,” and “it” options shown in  FIG. 37F ), affordances for editing selected text ( FIGS. 37G-37H , and the keyboard affordance shown in  FIG. 37G  is used to re-display text completion options instead of the affordances for editing text), affordances for selecting emoji ( FIG. 371 ), and/or affordances for selecting colors to apply to text and/or graphical content (e.g.,  FIGS. 37J-37K ). 
     In some embodiments, the affordances for text completion include word predictions (an example is shown in  FIG. 37L ), spelling corrections, and/or proactive suggestions (an example is shown in  FIG. 37M ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling a telephone application, as shown in  FIGS. 38A-38J . In some embodiments, while a user is interacting with a first application (e.g., a web browsing application), an incoming call is received (e.g., a video call or an audio call). In response to detecting that the incoming call has been received, the computing system populates the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  with affordances that are associated with the incoming call. For example, as shown in  FIG. 38A , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with (i) a representation for the incoming caller (e.g., a photo for the incoming caller and an indication that the incoming caller would like to initiate a call); (ii) a messaging affordance that, when selected, allows the user to respond to the incoming call with a text message (e.g., by selecting a predetermined response message from within the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  or by opening up a messaging application on the primary display  102  so that the user may compose a message to send to the incoming caller); (iii) a decline affordance that, when selected, declines the incoming call (in response to detecting that the incoming call has been declined, the computing system causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to revert to displaying affordances for the web browsing application, e.g., as shown in  FIG. 38E ); (iv) an accept affordance that, when selected, causes the computing device to accept the incoming call; and (v) a reminder affordance that, when selected, causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to display reminder options for the incoming call (example reminder options displayed in response to a selection of the reminder affordance are shown in  FIG. 38B ). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting acceptance of the incoming call, the computing system causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to display status information for the incoming call as well as an end affordance for ending the incoming call and a mute affordance for muting the incoming call, as shown in  FIGS. 38C and 38D ). In some embodiments, if the user was previously viewing a different application when the incoming call was received (e.g., the web browsing application discussed above), then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays the status information in an overlay mode ( FIG. 38C ) in which an “x” affordance is displayed that allows for exiting the overlay mode and returning to controls for the different application (e.g., in response to detecting a selection of the “x” affordance in  FIG. 38C , the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  reverts to displaying controls for the different application, such as those shown in  FIG. 38E ). 
     In some embodiments, if the user was viewing a telephone application (e.g., a FACETIME application) when the incoming call was received, then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays the status information as shown in  FIG. 38D , in which an “esc” affordance is displayed instead of the “x” affordance discussed above. Additional details regarding switching between displaying an “x,” “esc,” and other affordances in a leftmost region (also referred to as a smart label region for a smart label button) of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  depending on what is being viewed or interacted with on the primary display  102  are provided below regarding the smart label button. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the incoming call is an audio call, then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with a video affordance that, when selected, initiates a request to the incoming caller to begin a video call (an example of the video affordance is shown in  FIG. 38F ). 
     In some embodiments, if a new call is received while the incoming call discussed above is ongoing, then the touch-sensitive secondary display is populated to include information and affordances that correspond to the new call (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 38G  (affordances displayed when the new call is received)— 38 H (affordances displayed when the new call is accepted)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a selection of the merge affordance, two or more ongoing calls are merged and the touch-sensitive secondary display is updated to reflect that the two or more ongoing calls have been merged (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 381 , representations corresponding to the two or more ongoing calls are shown as overlapping instead of separated). 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a call failure has occurred, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for messaging and/or calling back another party from the failed call (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 38J ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling an activity monitoring application, as shown in  FIG. 39 . For example, these affordances include affordances for switching between each tab of the activity monitoring application and each of these affordances is displayed with a representation of current processor activity associated with a respective corresponding tab (as shown in  FIG. 39 ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling an activity logging application, as shown in  FIG. 40 . 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for accessing certain functions while in a different boot mode (such as a mode in which the computing system boots up in an operating system that is not compatible with dynamically rendering controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ,  FIGS. 41A-41B ), for viewing system preferences (e.g., “Show All” affordance of  FIG. 41C ), and for capturing screenshots (e.g., in response to a predefined sequence of keyboard inputs, such as “command+shift+4,” (or in response to a user selecting the photo icon shown in the right-hand system tray portion of the touch-sensitive secondary display of  FIG. 35B ) the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with controls for capturing a screenshot,  FIG. 41E ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling or providing additional information to a virtual assistant application, as shown in  FIGS. 42A-42B . In some embodiments, the computing system updates the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  in response to receipt of verbal commands from a user. For example, the computing system provides, to the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , data that enables the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to present options for disambiguating a particular verbal command (e.g., as shown in  FIGS. 42A-42B ). 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is populated with affordances for controlling text entry functions and for accessing a set of non-English characters, as shown in  FIGS. 43A-43D . In some embodiments, the affordances for accessing a set of non-English characters are available via the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  while a user is interacting with a messaging application, a document editing application, or some other application that allows for text entry and editing. 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes a smart label button that occupies a leftmost region of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . In some embodiments, the smart label button changes based on what a user is viewing on the primary display  102  and, in some circumstances, based on what controls are available in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  at a particular point in time. For example, the smart label button may display “esc” (allowing a user to exit a currently displayed application that is shown on the primary display  102 ), “x” (allowing a user to exit an overlay display mode and revert to displaying controls for an application that has a focus selector on the primary display  102 ), “cancel” (allowing a user to cancel/revert changes made using various controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ), “done” (allowing a user to indicate that they are done making certain changes via the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ), and “exit.” 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is associated with multiple display modes. In some embodiments, a three finger (or two finger) gesture is provided at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to switch between each of the multiple modes. In some embodiments, the gesture is provided in a substantially horizontal or a substantially vertical direction. In some embodiments, the multiple modes include: (i) a customized mode in which the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays affordances that have been customized by the user for use with the customized mode; (ii) a current context mode in which the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays affordances that correspond to the primary display and system-level functions; and (iii) a system function mode in which the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  displays system functions only. 
     In some embodiments, affordances presented in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  are customizable and users are able to add and/or remove affordances from the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (in some embodiments, customization is available only when the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is in the customized mode discussed above). For example, in embodiments in which the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is displayed above a laptop keyboard and below the laptop&#39;s primary display, an affordance (or menus including multiple affordances) presented on the primary display may be dragged down to the touch-sensitive secondary display and then moved horizontally within the touch-sensitive secondary display using one continuous gesture. In some embodiments, as the affordance is moved around within the touch-sensitive secondary display, various sections (e.g., an application-specific and a system-level region) of the touch-sensitive secondary display are emphasized/highlighted. 
     In some embodiments, a user is able to provide drawing inputs at a trackpad of the computing system and, in response to receiving the drawing inputs, the computing system causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to present candidate shapes for selection by the user. 
     In some embodiments, a brightness level for the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is determined based at least in part on a brightness level for the primary display  102  and based at least in part on ambient light conditions around the computing system. 
     Attention is now directed to  FIGS. 70A-70D . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display is dynamically updated to include various controls for use with a maps application. Dynamically updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include these controls helps to improve operability of electronic devices that include touch-sensitive secondary displays by improving the man-machine interface. For example, users are enabled to perform operations using fewer interactions (i.e., users need not waste time searching for desired menu options or affordances, as these are dynamically provided at the touch-sensitive secondary display for easy, one-click selection) and users are able sustain interactions with the electronic device. 
     As shown in  FIG. 70A , a maps application is presented on the primary display  102  and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include affordances that correspond to the maps application. For example, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes an affordance  7001  that, when selected, causes the maps application to display on the primary display an indicator of a user&#39;s current location (e.g., a pin that is displayed on the map which reflects the user&#39;s current location). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display also includes an affordance  7002  that, when selected, causes the maps application to open a search interface. In this way, the user does not need to use a mouse, trackpad, or other device to launch the search interface and is instead able to simply select the affordance  7002  to begin search the maps application for a desired geographical location. 
     In some embodiments, in response to user input at the affordance  7002 , the maps application on the primary display  102  is updated to include affordances for selecting nearby categories of places (e.g., nearby restaurants, coffee shops, shopping destinations, travel points of interest, services, fun locations, health locations, and transportation-related services) ( FIG. 70B ). As shown in  FIG. 70B , in conjunction with updating the maps application to include these affordances for selecting nearby categories of places, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is dynamically updated to include affordances that allow for quick selection of the various nearby categories of places. For example, affordance  7003 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby restaurants; affordance  7004 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby coffee shops; affordance  7005 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby shopping destinations; affordance  7006 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby hotels; affordance  7007 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby financial institutions (such as banks or ATMs); affordance  7008 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby movie theatres; affordance  7009 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby hospitals; and affordance  7010 , when selected, causes the maps application to search for nearby gas stations. In some embodiments (and as shown in  FIG. 70B ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is able to make more information available on a limited screen as well, e.g., by including additional nearby search options that may not fit at the primary display  102  (without obscuring the maps displayed thereunder). 
     Turning now to  FIG. 70C , in some embodiments, after a user either searches for a particular geographic location or after a user selects a particular geographic location after interacting with the nearby points of interest from the categories discussed above, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include affordances that, when selected, cause the maps application to select a mode of transportation that will be used by the maps application to provide routing information. For example, the touch-sensitive secondary display may include affordances  7011 ,  7012 , and  7013  for selecting driving, walking, or transit modes of transportation, respectively. 
     In the example shown in  FIG. 70D , the user has selected the driving mode of transportation for a desired geographical location and, in response, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include an affordance that allows for initiating driving directions (e.g., affordance  7014 ) to that geographical location. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is also updated to include additional affordances (e.g., affordances  7015 - 7019 ) that allow the user to search the geographical location in a web browser (e.g., affordance  7015 ), to contact a phone number associated with the geographical location (e.g., affordance  7016 ), to flag the geographical location as a first place (e.g., affordance  7017 ), to find more information about the geographical location (e.g., affordance  7018 ), and to share the geographical location via a number of various sharing platforms (e.g., affordance  7019 ). In some embodiments, the number of various sharing platforms may include e-mail, social media (e.g., TWITTER, FACEBOOK, and other like social media sharing platforms), text messaging, etc. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 71A-75 , schematics of displays (primary and touch-sensitive secondary displays) are shown that are used to illustrate dynamically providing controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display for use with a variety of video-editing applications. For example, the variety of video-editing applications may include FINAL CUT PRO, MOTION, COMPRESSOR, and IMOVIE, all from APPLE INC. in Cupertino, Calif. Dynamically updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include controls for use with video-editing applications helps to improve operability of electronic devices that include touch-sensitive secondary displays by improving the man-machine interface. For example, users are enabled to perform operations using fewer interactions (i.e., users need not waste time searching for desired menu options or affordances, as these are dynamically provided at the touch-sensitive secondary display for easy, one-click selection) and users are able to sustain interactions with the electronic device. 
       FIGS. 71A-71M  are schematics of a primary display  102  and a touch-sensitive secondary display  104  used to illustrate example user interfaces for a video-editing applications (in the illustrated examples, the video-editing application is FINAL CUT PRO). As shown in  FIG. 71A , the primary display  102  is displaying a user interface for a video-editing application, in which the user is interacting with a timeline for a video project, and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is displaying user interface controls that allow for manipulating the video timeline. In particular, the touch-sensitive secondary display includes small rectangular representations included on four different rows within user interface control  7102 , in which the first row corresponds to a title portion of the video project, the second row corresponds to a video track for the video project, the third row corresponds to an audio track for the video project, and the fourth row corresponds to a music track for the video project. In some embodiments, a user may quickly manipulate the video project by dragging first end  7103  or second end  7104  and, in response, the primary display  102  is updated in accordance with the manipulations (i.e., to show more or less of the information corresponding to each of the rows of information for the video project, as discussed above). 
     For example, as shown in  FIG. 71B , in response to user manipulation of the ends  7103  and  7104  (i.e., dragging each in an opposite direction across the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ), the primary display is updated so that more of the timeline is shown (as shown in  FIG. 71B ).  FIG. 71B  also illustrates that users are able to select the leftward-point caret affordance  7105  to cause the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to cease displaying certain system-level affordances (such as brightness, play, volume-manipulation, and mute affordances) and to increase the display size of the timeline representation shown within user interface control  7102  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 71B  more of the timeline is now shown within the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  after the affordance  7105  has been selected). In this way, more information is able to be displayed at a display with limited available screen real estate, i.e., the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is able to show more of the timeline representation by ceasing to display the system-level affordances. 
     In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  may also include additional rows within user interface control  7102 . Two examples are shown in  FIGS. 71C  and  71 D 1 , in which additional rows are shown which correspond to additional components of the video project (e.g., such as visual transitions, text that might appear as an overlay on top of a video clip, other audio clips corresponding to sounds that will be overlaid on top of one another, representations of one audio file that has been split apart, and the like) that is being edited on the primary display  102 . 
     FIGS.  71 D 2 - 71 M are schematics of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  used to illustrate additional user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling certain functions available in a video-editing application, such as FINAL CUT PRO. For example, FIG.  71 D 2  shows example user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling functions associated with creating a new video project,  FIG. 71E  illustrates user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling functions associated with selecting a particular clip within a video project,  FIG. 71F  illustrates user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling functions associated with manipulating a volume level for a video project,  FIG. 71G  illustrates user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling functions associated with selecting volume levels for multiple elements (e.g., multiple audio or music tracks associated with a video project), and  FIG. 71H  illustrates user interface controls for controlling functions associated with trimming components (e.g., audio, video, or music tracks) of a video project. 
     Additional examples are also shown in  FIGS. 71I-71M . For example,  FIG. 71I  illustrates example user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling functions associated with various editing tools,  FIG. 71J  illustrates example user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling functions associated with manipulating volume fade controls,  FIG. 71K  illustrates example user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling functions associated with selecting multiple components and then manipulating volume fade controls for each of those elements,  FIG. 71L  illustrates manipulating a timeline for a video project (as discussed above in reference to  FIGS. 71A-71B ), and  FIG. 71M  illustrates user interface controls for controlling functions associated with editing transitions within a video project. 
     Additional details regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 71A-71M  will be appreciated and recognized by a person having ordinary skill in the art, and some of these details are reflected in user manuals such as the “Final Cut Pro X User Guide” available from APPLE INC. (which is publicly available and titled “final_cut_pro_x-10.1.1-user_guide.pdf”). U.S. Patent Publication Numbers 2012/0210222, 2012/0210231, 2012/0210228, and 2014/0253560 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,849,028 and 7,805,678 also provide details and descriptions regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 71A-71M , and each of these is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 72A-72P  schematics of displays (both primary and touch-sensitive secondary displays) are shown that are used to illustrate user interfaces associated with a video-editing application (in these examples, the video-editing application is MOTION). As shown in  FIG. 72A , a user interface for the video-editing application is displayed on the primary display  102  and the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes user interface controls for controlling functions available within the video-editing application (e.g., the user is able to manipulate graphics associated with a video project by providing inputs at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ). For example, the user is able to move first end  7202  or second end  7204  of a user interface control to quickly manipulate a portion of the video project (e.g., to manipulate which images will be shown at a particular point in time). 
     In some embodiments and as explained above, to help efficiently utilize limited display screen real estate at the touch-sensitive secondary display  102 , users are able to select a leftward pointing caret to cause the touch-sensitive secondary display  102  to cease displaying system-level affordances and to instead display more of a particular user interface control, such as the timeline view shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display of  FIG. 72A . For example, in response to selection of the caret affordance, more of the timeline view is shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , as shown in  FIG. 72K . 
       FIGS. 72B-72K  are schematics of the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  used to illustrate additional user interface controls that may be displayed for controlling certain functions available in a video-editing application, such as MOTION. For example,  FIG. 72B  illustrates user interface controls for controlling functions available within the video-editing application when no object has been selected (e.g., when the video-editing application is initially launched/opened at the primary display  102 ), FIG.  72 C 1  illustrates user interface controls for controlling functions available after an object has been selected within the video-editing application on the primary display  102 , FIG.  72 C 21  illustrates user interface controls for controlling functions available after multiple objects have been selected,  FIG. 72D  illustrates user interface controls for controlling functions available for manipulating various timing options, and  FIGS. 72E and 72F  illustrate user interface controls for selecting various tool options (in some embodiments, the controls shown are referred to as glyphs and additional glyphs are also shown in  FIG. 75 ). 
     Example user interface controls for editing text within a video-editing application are provided in  FIGS. 72G-72J .  FIG. 72G  illustrates user interface controls that are available at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for editing text (e.g., such as a title associated with a particular video project or an individual frame),  FIG. 72H  illustrates user interface controls for selecting text appearance options,  FIG. 72I  illustrates user interface controls for selecting text sizing options, and  FIG. 72J  illustrates user interface controls for changing text kerning options. 
     Additional details regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 72A-72K  will be appreciated and recognized by a person having ordinary skill in the art, and some of these details are reflected in user manuals such as the “Motion User Guide” available from APPLE INC. (which is publicly available and titled “motion_5.1.1_ug.pdf”). U.S. Patent Publication Numbers 2013/0239057 and 2009/0226080 and U.S. Pat. No. 9,070,206 also provide details and descriptions regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 72A-72K , and each of these is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     Attention is now directed to  FIGS. 73A-73N , providing illustrations of user interface controls provided at a touch-sensitive secondary display for controlling functions available within a video-editing application (in this sequence of figures, the example video-editing application is COMPRESSOR).  FIG. 73A  illustrates user interface controls provided at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for adding a new COMPRESSOR item (i.e., an empty batch),  FIG. 73B  illustrates user interface controls for adding a new file, an image sequence, or a surround sound option,  FIG. 73C  illustrates user interface controls for adding new settings, and  FIG. 73D  illustrates user interface controls for configuring new settings. 
     Additional examples are also shown in  FIGS. 73E-73I . In particular,  FIG. 73E  illustrates user interface controls for configuring a normal batch,  FIG. 73F  illustrates user interface controls for controlling markers,  FIG. 73G  illustrates user interface controls for controlling a viewer mode,  FIG. 73H  illustrates user interface controls for selecting markers while in the viewer mode, and  FIG. 73I  illustrates user interface controls for controlling iTMS batch items.  FIGS. 73J-73N  illustrate additional user interface controls include those for controlling iTMS batch functions, settings, active processing options (i.e., user interface controls available at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  while processing is ongoing), active paused options (i.e., user interface controls available at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  while processing is paused), and completed options (i.e., user interface controls available at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  after processing is completed), respectively. 
     Additional details regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 73A-73N  will be appreciated and recognized by a person having ordinary skill in the art, and some of these details are reflected in user manuals such as the “Compressor User Guide” available from APPLE INC. (which is publicly available and titled “compressor_4.1.2_user_guide.pdf”). U.S. Patent Publication Number 2014/0344691 also provides details and descriptions regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 73A-73N , and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     Attention is now directed to  FIGS. 74A-74H , in which user interface controls for controlling various video-editing functions are illustrated (in this sequence of figures, the video-editing application is IMOVIE).  FIGS. 74A-74D  illustrate user interface controls displayed at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for controlling project-creation, project playback, video editing, and volume options, respectively.  FIGS. 74E-74H  illustrate user interface controls displayed at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for controlling a variety of media-browser functions. 
     Additional details regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 74A-74H  will be appreciated and recognized by a person having ordinary skill in the art, and some of these details are reflected in user manuals such as the “iMovie &#39;08 Getting Started” available from APPLE INC. (which is publicly available and titled “iMovie_08_Getting_Started.pdf”). U.S. Patent Publication Number 2012/0210230 also provides details and descriptions regarding the user interface controls and affordances shown in  FIGS. 74A-74H , and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 75 , a number of application-specific, video-editing glyphs are shown therein, each of which may be displayed at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . The first two rows correspond to glyphs that are associated with FINAL CUT PRO, the next three rows correspond to glyphs associated with MOTION, the following row shows glyphs associated with COMPRESSOR, and the last row shows glyphs associated with IMOVIE. In some embodiments, these glyphs are provided at the touch-sensitive secondary display to allow users to access desired controls using a single input at the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  (and without having to waste time searching for that control by navigating through numerous hierarchical menus). Additional details regarding these glyphs will be appreciated and recognized by a person having ordinary skill in the art, and some of these details are provided in the user manuals, patent application publications, and issued patents referred to above in reference to  FIGS. 71A-74H . 
       FIGS. 44A-44D  are a flowchart of a method of updating a dynamic input and output device (e.g., including dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2D ), in accordance with some embodiments. The method  600  is performed at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  600  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     The computing system displays ( 602 ) a first user interface on the primary display, the first user interface comprising one or more user interface elements.  FIG. 5B , for example, shows primary display  102  displaying a first user interface with a status tray  502  indicating that application A is currently in focus, and an application (app) tray  514  with a plurality of executable/selectable application icons, including: a mail application icon  506 , a web browser application icon  508 , a media player application icon  510 , an application A icon  512 , and a photo application icon  515 . The first user interface displayed on primary display  102 , in  FIG. 5B , also includes a window  536  for application A (e.g., a fantasy RPG game). In  FIG. 5B , for example, window  536  includes a main menu for application A with a plurality of affordances including a start new game affordance, a continue affordance, and an options affordance.  FIG. 6A , for example, shows primary display  102  displaying a first user interface with window  554  for the media player application. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system further comprises ( 604 ): (i) a primary computing device comprising the primary display, the processor, the memory, and primary computing device communication circuitry; and (ii) a input device comprising the housing, the touch screen display, the physical input mechanism, and input device communication circuitry for communicating with the primary computing device communication circuitry, where the input device is distinct and separate from the primary computing device. In some embodiments, the computing system is not a laptop, such as portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), but instead the computing system is desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) with a computing device  202 , a peripheral display device  204  (which is optionally integrated with computing device  202 ), and an input device (e.g., peripheral keyboard  206 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) with a plurality of physical keys (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) adjacent to a touch screen display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the input device (e.g., first peripheral input mechanism  212 ,  FIG. 2C ) includes a touchpad or a numpad (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) adjacent to a touch screen display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ). In some embodiments, the input device is in communication with the primary computing device (e.g., computing device  202 ,  FIGS. 2A-2D ) via a wired connection (e.g., USB, PS/2, etc.) or a wireless connection (e.g., Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, etc.). 
     In some embodiments, the physical input mechanism comprises ( 606 ) a plurality of physical keys. In  FIGS. 1A-1B , body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  at least partially contains the touch screen display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ) adjacent to the set of physical keys  106 . 
     In some embodiments, the physical input mechanism comprises ( 608 ) a touchpad. In  FIGS. 1A-1B , body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  at least partially contains the touch screen display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ) and touchpad  108  in addition to the set of physical keys  106 . 
     The computing system identifies ( 610 ) an active user interface element among the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display. In some embodiments, the term “in focus” can refer to the active element of the user interface (e.g., a window associated with an application, a particular toolbar or menu associated with an application, or the operating system) that is currently in the foreground and actively running or is controllable by input received from a user of the computing system such as a key press, mouse click, voice command, gestural motion, or the like. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system or a component thereof (e.g., focus determining module  351 ,  FIG. 3A ) identifies a user interface element of the first user interface displayed on the primary display that is in focus. In some embodiments, the user interface element that is in focus is a window that corresponds to an application, a user interface element that corresponds to the application that is within or outside of the application&#39;s window (e.g., a field, sub-window, menu, tool, toolbar, tool set, or the like), or a portion of a desktop/operating system-related interface (e.g., a volume control, a portion of a file explorer interface or a controls/settings panel). In some embodiments, the active user interface element is highlighted on the primary display or displayed in a foreground position on the primary display to indicate that it is in focus. In some embodiments, a display characteristic of the active user interface element is changed or emphasized (e.g., colored text, bold text, thick border, and the like) to indicate that it is in focus. Alternatively and/or additionally, in some embodiments, visual and/or aural cues are provided to indicate active user interface element that is in focus (e.g., a chime is played when the focus changes, a bouncing star is displayed above the active user interface element that is in focus, or a display characteristic of the active user interface element that is in focus is different from the balance of the first user interface displayed on the primary display). 
     In  FIG. 5B , for example, window  536  for application A is in focus on primary display  102 . In  FIG. 5B , status tray  502  indicates that application A is running in the foreground, and app tray  514  also indicates that application A is running in the foreground based on the shadow behind application A icon  512 . In  FIG. 6A , for example, the music sub-section of the user&#39;s media library shown within window  554  is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by “Music” displayed in bold and albums A-L at least partially displayed within window  554 . In contrast, in  FIG. 6B , for example, the podcasts sub-section of the user&#39;s media library shown within window  554  is in focus on primary display  102  as shown by “Podcasts” displayed in bold and podcasts A-L at least partially displayed within window  554 . In  FIG. 7B , for example, the sub-window for composing a new email within window  580  is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the sub-window. In  FIG. 8C , for example, the “Family” group tab of the user&#39;s contact book within menu  5134  is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the “Family” group tab of menu  5134 . In  FIG. 11H , for example, the interface for tab B within window  5224  is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding tab B and the bold text for tab B. In  FIG. 12E , for example, the bookmarks sidebar within window  5224  is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the bookmarks sidebar. In  FIG. 13C , for example, the menu of edit controls  5296  is in focus on primary display  102 . 
     The computing system determines ( 612 ) whether the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display is associated with an application executed by the computing system. In some embodiments, the active user interface element is associated with either an application or the operating system. In some embodiments, the computing system or a component thereof (e.g., DFR determining module  352 ,  FIG. 3A ) determines a set of affordances for display on dynamic function row  104  based on the active user interface element that is in focus on primary display  102  and also whether the active user interface element is associated with a specific application or the operating system. 
     In some embodiments, the application is executed ( 614 ) by the processor in the foreground of the first user interface. For example, the application is one of an email application, a word processing application, a presentation application, a photo editing application, a music application, a game application, a spreadsheet application, or the like.  FIGS. 5B-5E , for example, show the first user interface displayed by primary display  102  including window  536  corresponding to application A (e.g., a fantasy RPG game) executed in the foreground by the computing system.  FIGS. 6A-6D , for example, show the first user interface displayed by primary display  102  including window  554  corresponding to a media player application executed in the foreground by the computing system.  FIGS. 6E-9 , for example, show the first user interface displayed by primary display  102  including window  580  corresponding to a mail application executed in the foreground by the computing system.  FIGS. 10A-11A , for example, show the first user interface displayed by primary display  102  including window  5166  corresponding to a photos application executed in the foreground by the computing system.  FIGS. 11B-12G , for example, show the first user interface displayed by primary display  102  including window  5224  corresponding to a web browser application executed in the foreground by the computing system. 
     In accordance with a determination that the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display is associated with the application executed by the computing system, the computing system displays ( 616 ) a second user interface on the touch screen display, including: (A) a first set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application; and (B) at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. In some embodiments, the first set of one or more affordances includes user selectable symbols/icons and/or indicators and information that may or may not be selectable. In some embodiments, the first set of one or more affordances correspond to basic controls for the application. In some embodiments, at least one system-level affordance is displayed along with the first set of one or more affordances. In one example, in  FIGS. 5A-14E , the at least one system-level affordance includes persistent affordances  516  and  534 . In another example, in  FIG. 5C , the at least one system-level affordance includes affordance  542 , which, when activated (e.g., with a tap contact), causes display of a plurality of system-level affordances (e.g., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532  shown in  FIG. 5A ). 
       FIG. 11C , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of basic controls and indicators (e.g., affordances  5230 ,  5232 , and  5238 , and address bar  5234 ) for the web browser application, which is in focus on primary display  102 , along with the at least one system-level affordance  542 , in response to detecting selection of affordance  5226  in  FIG. 11B . In some embodiments, the first set of one or more affordances corresponds to controls associated with the active user interface element that is in focus. As such, the user of the computing system is able to select controls from the first set of one or more affordances for providing input to, and controlling the functions of, the application without shifting his/her hands away from the set of physical keys to another input device (e.g., a mouse) when such selectable controls are displayed on the primary display. This reduction in mode switching, for example, between keyboard and mouse for the user&#39;s hands and between keyboard and display for the user&#39;s eyes, provides a more intuitive user experience and a more efficient human-machine interface.  FIG. 6E , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of affordances corresponding to email A (e.g., affordances  582 ,  584 ,  586 ,  588 ,  590 ,  592 ,  594 ,  596 , and  598 ), which is in focus on primary display  102 , along with the at least one system-level affordance  542 , in response to detecting selection of mail application icon  506  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 6D . 
     Displaying application-specific and system-level affordances in a touch-sensitive secondary display in response to changes in focus made on a primary display provides the user with accessible affordances that are directly available via the touch-sensitive secondary display. Providing the user with accessible affordances that are directly accessibly via the touch-sensitive secondary display enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access needed functions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time digging through hierarchical menus to locate the needed functions) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the needed functions more quickly and efficiently. As well, the display of application-specific affordances on the touch-sensitive secondary display indicates an internal state of the device by providing affordances associated with the application currently in focus on the primary display. 
     In some embodiments, the user of the computing system is able to modify or customize the affordances included in the first set of one or more affordances. In some embodiments, prior to identifying the active user interface element that is in focus on primary display  102  and displaying the first set of one or more affordances, dynamic function row  104  displays a default interface set by the user of the computing system or set in software. For example, the default interface includes one of: a plurality of function keys (e.g., F1, F2, F3, . . . , F12), a stock ticker, scrolling sports scores, scrolling weather forecasts and information, and/or the like. 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the first set of one or more affordances for a first predetermined period of time (e.g., 30, 60, 90, etc. seconds), dynamic function row  104  re-displays the default interface set by the user of the computing system or set in software. In some embodiments, after displaying the first set of one or more affordances for a first predetermined period of time (e.g., 30, 60, 90, etc. seconds), dynamic function row  104  turns off until a contact is detected by dynamic function row  104  or a keyboard or touchpad associated with the computing system. In some embodiments, after displaying the first set of one or more affordances for a first predetermined period of time (e.g., 30, 60, 90, etc. seconds), dynamic function row  104  turns off until connected to a power source (e.g., when dynamic function row is implemented in battery powered peripheral keyboard  206 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). In some embodiments, after displaying the first set of one or more affordances and not detecting user input with regard to the first set of one or more affordances for a second predetermined period of time (e.g., 30, 60, 90, etc. seconds), dynamic function row  104  re-displays the default interface set by the user of the computing system or set in software. In some embodiments, when the operating system is in focus or the active user interface element is not associated with an application running in the foreground, dynamic function row  104  re-displays the default interface set by the user of the computing system or set in software. 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the first set of one or more affordances for the first predetermined period of time (e.g., 30, 60, 90, etc. seconds) and when the computing system is set in a low-power mode, dynamic function row  104  displays a limited set of affordances including, for example, the time, the battery life remaining, the Wi-Fi signal strength, and/or the like. For example, the limited set of affordances are selected by the user of the computing system or set in software, and the user of computing system is able to set the computing into the low-power mode through a system settings panel. 
     In some embodiments, at least one of the affordances displayed on the second user interface is ( 618 ) a multi-function affordance. In some embodiments, a multi-function affordance is capable of performing two or more functions/operations in response to detecting different inputs performed at a location corresponding to the multi-function affordance. For example, persistent volume control  568 , in  FIG. 6E , displayed by dynamic function row  104  within the second user interface is a multi-function affordance. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects ( 620 ) a user touch input selecting the multi-function affordance. In accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a first type, the computing system performs a first function associated with the multi-function affordance. In accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a second type distinct from the first type, the computing system performs a second function associated with the multi-function affordance. For example, a first function/operation (e.g., mute a media item) is performed in response to detecting a first gesture (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to the multi-function affordance, and a second function/operation (e.g., display a volume slider or playback controls for the media item) is performed in response to detecting a second gesture (e.g., a long press gesture) at a location corresponding to the multi-function affordance. For example, the first gesture type corresponds to a touch input detected for less than a predetermined period of time (e.g., 500 ms, 1 s, etc.) with one or more contacts (e.g., a tap contact), and the second gesture type corresponds to a touch input detected for greater than or equal to the predetermined period of time (e.g., 500 ms, 1 s, etc.) with one or more contacts (e.g., a long press gesture). 
       FIG. 6E , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  599  (e.g., a long press contact) at a location corresponding to persistent volume control  568 . Continuing with this example,  FIG. 6F  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying volume slider  5100  for adjusting the playback volume of podcast J, which was initiated in  FIG. 6C , in response to detecting the long press gesture at the location corresponding to persistent volume control  568  in  FIG. 6E . Alternatively, in some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  displays playback controls (e.g., pause, fast forward, rewind, next track, previous track, and the like) for controlling the playback of podcast J, which was initiated in  FIG. 6C , in response to detecting the long press gesture at the location corresponding to persistent volume control  568  in  FIG. 6E .  FIG. 7B , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5124  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to persistent volume control  568 . Continuing with this example,  FIG. 7C  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent volume control  568  indicating that podcast J is muted in response to detecting the tap contact at the location corresponding to persistent volume control  568  in  FIG. 7B . 
     In some embodiments, the least one system-level affordance is configured ( 622 ) upon selection to cause display of a plurality of system-level affordances corresponding to system-level functionalities on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the at least one system-level affordance enables access to a plurality of system-level controls/affordances such as volume and brightness controls, and other system-level functionalities. For example, in  FIG. 5D , dynamic function row  104  displays a second set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set B) corresponding to application A and at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ). In  FIG. 5C , dynamic function row  104  also detects contact  552  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to affordance  542 . Continuing with this example,  FIG. 5E  shows dynamic function row  104  the displaying persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ), the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ), and affordance  538  corresponding to application A in response to detecting selection of affordance  542  in  FIG. 5D . 
     In some embodiments, the at least one system-level affordance corresponds to ( 624 ) one of a power control or escape control. In some embodiments, the at least one system-level affordance includes persistent controls that are displayed on dynamic function row  104  regardless of the focus of primary display  102  (e.g., escape affordance  516  and power control  534 ,  FIGS. 5A-14E ). When activated (e.g., via a tap contact), escape affordance  516 , causes performance of a corresponding function (e.g., exiting an application which is currently in focus on primary display  102 ). When activated (e.g., via a tap contact), power control  534  causes display of a modal alert (e.g., modal alert  5308 ,  FIG. 14E ) on dynamic function row  104  for logging out, restarting, or powering-off the computing system. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects ( 626 ) a user touch input selecting one of the first set of affordances, and, in response to detecting the user touch input, the computing system: displays a different set of affordances corresponding to functionalities of the application; and maintains display of the at least one system-level affordance. In some embodiments, the first set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application includes a single affordance for accessing a set of tools or functions associated with the application.  FIG. 5B , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying affordance  538  corresponding to application A, which is in focus on primary display  102 , in addition to the persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ) and the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ) in response to detecting selection of application A icon  512  with cursor  504  in  FIG. 5A . Continuing with the example,  FIG. 5C  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a first set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set A) corresponding to application A in response to detecting selection of affordance  538  in  FIG. 5B . 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects ( 628 ) a subsequent user touch input selecting the at least one system-level affordance, and, in response to detecting the subsequent user touch input, the computing system displays a plurality of system-level affordances corresponding to system-level functionalities and at least one application-level affordance corresponding to the application.  FIG. 5D , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a second set of affordances and/or indicators (e.g., control set B) corresponding to application A, which is in focus on primary display  102 , and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ). Continuing with this example, in response to detecting selection of affordance  542  in  FIG. 5D ,  FIG. 5E  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent controls (i.e., affordances  516  and  534 ), the plurality of system-level affordances (i.e., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ), and affordance  538  corresponding to application A. 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the second user interface on the touch screen display, the computing system identifies ( 630 ) a second active user interface element among the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display and determines whether the second active user interface element corresponds to a different application executed by the computing device. In accordance with a determination that the second active user interface element corresponds to the different application, the computing system displays a fourth user interface on the touch screen display, including: (D) a third set of one or more affordances corresponding to the different application; and (E) the at least one system-level affordance corresponding to the at least one system-level functionality.  FIG. 6A , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of album affordances  558  (e.g., album affordances  558 -A to  558 -G) corresponding to the sub-section of the user&#39;s media library that is in focus on primary display  102  and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ).  FIG. 6A  also shows primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to the podcasts sub-section of the user&#39;s media library. Continuing with the example, in response to detecting selection of the podcasts sub-section with cursor  504  in  FIG. 6A ,  FIG. 6B  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a first plurality of podcast affordances  560  (e.g., podcast affordances  560 -A to  560 -G) corresponding to the podcasts sub-section of the user&#39;s media library that is now in focus on primary display  102  and the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system provides audible cues indicating the different user interface element that is in focus. In some embodiments, primary display  102  displays a visual cue indicating the different user interface element that is in focus. For example, with respect to  FIG. 6B , primary display  102  displays a star indicator (not shown) above the “podcasts” text in the left-hand column within window  554 , makes the “podcasts” text bold in the left-hand column within window  554 , flashes the “podcasts” text in the left-hand column within window  554  in a different color or the same color, or otherwise indicates that the podcasts sub-section is now in focus on primary display  102 . In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  displays a transition animation whereby the plurality of album affordances  558  (shown in  FIG. 6A ) are rolled over or slid out of the way to so as to display the first plurality of podcast affordances  560  (shown in  FIG. 6B ). 
     In some embodiments, after identifying that the second active user interface element, the computing system determines ( 632 ) whether a media (e.g., audio or video) item is being played by the computing system, where the media item is not associated with the different application, and, in accordance with a determination that the media item is being played by the computing system, the computing system displays at least one persistent affordance on the touch screen display for controlling the media item (e.g., volume and/or playback controls). In some embodiments, the at least one affordance is a persistent control that enables the user of the computing system to mute/unmute the media item from the touch screen display even if the focus changes or the media is muted and/or being played in the background.  FIG. 6D , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent volume control  568  in response to detecting selection of podcast affordance  560 -J in  FIG. 6C , which initiates playback of podcast J.  FIG. 7A , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent volume control  568  even while email A of the application is in focus on primary display  102 . 
     In some embodiments, the at least one persistent affordance displays ( 634 ) feedback that corresponds to the media item (e.g., an equalizer (EQ) bar, a run-time indicator, or the like)  FIG. 6D , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent volume control  568  with an equalizer bar corresponding to playback of podcast J. Similarly,  FIG. 7C , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying persistent volume control  568  with the equalizer bar even while playback of podcast J is muted. In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  includes an affordance that is continuously updated based on a media item being played or some other real-time information such as a weather indicator, a microphone capture indicator, or a Wi-Fi signal strength indicator. 
     In some embodiments, the computing device detects ( 636 ) a user input corresponding to an override key, and, in response to detecting the user input, the computing system: ceases to display at least the first set of one or more affordances of the second user interface on the touch screen display; and displays a first set of default function keys. In some embodiments, the user input corresponding to the override key is detected in response to receiving a signal from the input mechanism (e.g., actuation of a specified physical key such as a function key) or from the dynamic function row (e.g., selection of a virtual key such as “escape” affordance  516 ). For example, the user actuates an “fn” key to dismiss current affordances displayed by dynamic function row  104  and to display the default F1, F2, F3, . . . , F12 row.  FIG. 14A , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying interface  5300  with affordances  5301  (e.g., corresponding to F1, F2, F3, . . . , F12) along with the persistent controls (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ) in response to receiving a signal from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) corresponding to a specified physical key (e.g., a function key) for overriding dynamic function row  104 . 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input corresponding to the override key, dynamic function row  104  displays a default interface set by the user of the computing system or set in software. For example, the default interface includes one of: a plurality of function keys (e.g., F1, F2, F3, . . . , F12), a stock ticker, scrolling sports scores, scrolling weather forecasts, or the like. 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the first set of default function keys, the computing system detects ( 638 ) a gesture in a direction substantially parallel to a major dimension of on the touch screen display, and in response to detecting the swipe gesture, displays a second set of default function keys with at least one distinct function key (e.g., a previously undisplayed function key). For example, with respect to  FIG. 14A , the user of the computing system is able to reveal additional function keys (e.g., F13, F14, F15, . . . ) within interface  5300  on dynamic function row  104  by performing a substantially horizontal swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104  (e.g., one of a right-to-left or left-to-right swipe gesture). 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the active user interface element is not associated with the application executed by the computing system, the computing system displays ( 640 ) a third user interface on the touch screen display, including: (C) a second set of one or more affordances corresponding to operating system controls of the computing system, where the second set of one or more affordances are distinct from the first set of one or more affordances. In  FIG. 5A , for example, the system/operating system is currently in focus on primary display  102 . For example, the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display is associated with the operating system such as volume controls, system controls (e.g., brightness or volume controls), system settings, a start menu, file explorer, system search, or the like.  FIG. 5A  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of system-level affordances (e.g., affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ) along with the persistent affordances (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ). 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances is ( 642 ) an expanded set of operating system controls that includes (B) the at least one system-level affordance corresponding to the at least one system-level functionality.  FIG. 8E , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a plurality of system-level affordances (e.g., the expanded set of operating system controls, including affordances  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524 ,  526 ,  528 ,  530 , and  532 ) along with the persistent affordances (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ) in response to detecting selection of affordance  542  in  FIG. 8D . 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 44A-44D  have been described is merely an example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1000 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  600  described above with respect to  FIGS. 44A-44D . 
       FIGS. 45A-45C  are a flowchart of a method of updating a dynamic input and output device (e.g., including dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2D ), in accordance with some embodiments. The method  700  is performed at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  700  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     The computing system displays ( 702 ) a first user interface for an application executed by the computing system on the primary display.  FIG. 8A , for example, shows primary display  102  displaying a first user interface with menu  5134  corresponding to the user&#39;s contact book. In  FIG. 8A , menu  5134  includes a list of a plurality of contacts corresponding the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book (e.g., a list of pre-existing or automatically populated contacts), which is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the “All Contacts” group in menu  5134 .  FIG. 13B , for example, shows primary display  102  displaying a first user interface with a menu of file controls  5288  overlaid on window  5166 , where the menu of file controls  5288  is in focus on primary display  102 . 
     The computing system displays ( 704 ) a second user interface on the touch screen display, the second user interface comprising a first set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application, where the first set of one or more affordances corresponds to a first portion of the application. In some embodiments, the first set of one or more affordances associated with a top menu or a file menu (i.e., the first portion or sub-section) of the application.  FIG. 8A , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a second user interface with a first plurality of contact affordances  5136 -A to  5136 -F (i.e., the first set of affordances) corresponding to the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book that is in focus on primary display  102 .  FIG. 13B , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a second user interface with a first plurality of affordances  5290  (i.e., the first set of affordances) that correspond to the menu of file controls  5288  that is in focus on primary display  102 . 
     The computing system detects ( 706 ) a swipe gesture on the touch screen display. In a first example,  FIG. 8A  shows dynamic function row  104  detecting a right-to-left swipe gesture with contact  5138  moving from a first location  5140 -A to a second location  5140 -B. In another example,  FIG. 13B  shows dynamic function row  104  detecting an upward swipe gesture with contact  5292  moving from a first location  5294 -A to a second location  5294 -B. 
     In accordance with a determination that the swipe gesture was performed in a first direction (e.g., horizontal), the computing system displays ( 708 ) a second set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application on the touch screen display, where at least one affordance in the second set of one or more affordances is distinct from the first set of one or more affordances, and where the second set of one or more affordances also corresponds to the first portion of the application. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a swipe gesture in the first direction, the dynamic function row displays different a second set of affordances corresponding to the first portion of the application (e.g., a toolset or menu) with at least one different affordance (e.g., a tool or item), as compared to the first set of affordances that also correspond to the first portion of the application. For example, in response to detecting the right-to-left swipe gesture in  FIG. 8A ,  FIG. 8B  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a second plurality of contact affordances  5136 -E to  5136 -J (i.e., the second set of affordances) corresponding to the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book. 
     In some embodiments, the first direction is ( 710 ) substantially parallel to a major dimension of the touch screen display. For example, with reference to portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), the first direction is substantially perpendicular (e.g., vertical) relative to the major dimension of dynamic function row  104  and/or the set of physical keys  106 . 
     In some embodiments, the first direction is ( 712 ) substantially perpendicular to a major dimension of the touch screen display. For example, with reference to portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), the first direction is substantially parallel (e.g., horizontal) relative to the major dimension of dynamic function row  104  and/or the set of physical keys  106 . 
     In accordance with a determination that the swipe gesture was performed in a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction (e.g., vertical), the computing system displays ( 714 ) a third set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application on the touch screen display, where the third set of one or more affordances is distinct from the second set of one or more affordances, and where the third set of one or more affordances corresponds to a second portion of the application that is distinct from the first portion of the application. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a swipe gesture in the second direction, the dynamic function row displays different a third set of affordances corresponding to the second portion of the application (e.g., a different toolset or menu), as compared to the first portion of the application associated with the first set of affordances. For example, in response to detecting the upward swipe gesture in  FIG. 13B ,  FIG. 13C  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a second plurality of affordances  5298  (i.e., the third set of affordances) that correspond to the menu of edit controls  5296  that is in focus on primary display  102 . In some embodiments, dynamic function row  104  displays an transition animation whereby the first plurality of affordances  5290  (shown in  FIG. 13B ) are rolled over or slid out of the way to so as to display the second plurality of podcast affordances  598  (shown in  FIG. 13C ). 
     As such, in one embodiment, a horizontal swipe detected on the dynamic function row  104  moves or scrubs within a group or category and a vertical swipe changes the category/filter. As a result, the user of the computing system is able to move easily navigate tools and menus without moving his/her hands away from the keyboard to a mouse. This also enables more efficient display of information and allows for a more efficient man-machine interaction. 
     Allowing a user to quickly navigate through application-specific affordances in a touch-sensitive secondary display in response to swipe gestures provides the user with a convenient way to scroll through and quickly locate a desired function via the touch-sensitive secondary display. Providing the user with a convenient way to scroll through and quickly locate a desired function via the touch-sensitive secondary display enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access needed functions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time digging through hierarchical menus to locate the needed functions) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the needed functions more quickly and efficiently. Furthermore, by dynamically updating affordances that are displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display in response to swipe gestures at the secondary display, the secondary display is able to make more information available on a limited screen, and helps to ensure that users are provided with desired options right when those options are needed (thereby reducing power usage and extending battery life, because users do not need to waste power and battery life searching through hierarchical menus to located these desired options). 
     In some embodiments, the second portion is displayed ( 716 ) on the primary display in a compact view within the first user interface prior to detecting the swipe gesture, and the system displays the second portion on the primary display in an expanded view within the first user interface in accordance with the determination that the swipe gesture was performed in the second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction. For example, in  FIG. 13B , the first portion of status tray  502  for the photos application (e.g., the menu of file controls  5288 ) is displayed by primary display  102  in an expanded mode, and the second portion of status tray  502  for the photos application (e.g., the menu of edit controls  5296 ) is displayed by primary display  102  in a compact mode. Continuing with this example, in response to detecting the swipe gesture performed in the second direction in  FIG. 13B  (e.g., the upward swipe gesture with contact  5292 ), the second portion of status tray  502  for the photos application is displayed by primary display  102  in the expanded mode in  FIG. 13C , and the first portion of status tray  502  for the photos application is displayed by primary display  102  in the compact mode. 
     In another example, in  FIG. 8B , the first portion of menu  5134  of the mail application (e.g., the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book within menu  5134 ) is displayed by primary display  102  in an expanded mode, and the second portion of menu  5134  of the mail application (e.g., the “Family” group of the user&#39;s contact book within menu  5134 ) is displayed by primary display  102  in a compact mode. Continuing with this example, in response to detecting the swipe gesture performed in the second direction in  FIG. 8B  (e.g., the upward swipe gesture with contact  5142 ), the second portion of menu  5134  of the mail application is displayed by primary display  102  in the expanded mode in  FIG. 8C , and the first portion of menu  5134  of the mail application is displayed by primary display  102  in the compact mode. 
     In some embodiments, the first portion is ( 718 ) one of a menu, tab, folder, tool set, or toolbar of the application, and the second portion is one of a menu, tab, folder, tool set, or toolbar of the application. In  FIGS. 8A-8C , for example, the first portion of menu  5134  of the mail application corresponds to the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book within menu  5134 , and the second portion of menu  5134  of the mail application corresponds to the “Family” group of the user&#39;s contact book within menu  5134 . In  FIGS. 13B-13C , for example, the first portion of status tray  502  for the photos application corresponds to the menu of file controls  5288 , and the second portion of status tray  502  for the photos application corresponds to the menu of edit controls  5296 . 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the third set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display, the computing system ( 720 ): detects a user input selecting the first portion on the first user interface; and, in response to detecting the user input: ceases to display the third set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display, where the third set of one or more affordances corresponds to the second portion of the application; and displays the second set of one or more affordances, where the second set of one or more affordances corresponds to the first portion of the application. For example, with respect to  FIG. 13C , after displaying the second plurality of affordances  5298  (i.e., the third set of affordances) on dynamic function row  104  that correspond to the menu of edit controls  5296  that is in focus on primary display  102 , primary display  102  displays cursor  504  at a location corresponding to the file menu within status tray  502  (not shown). Continuing with example, in response to detecting selection of the file menu within status tray  502  with cursor  504 , dynamic function row  104  ceases to display the second plurality of affordances  5298  (i.e., the third set of affordances) and, instead, displays the menu of file controls  5288  (i.e., the second set of affordances). 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances and the third set of one or more affordances includes ( 722 ) at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. For example, in  FIG. 8B , dynamic function row  104  displays the second plurality of contact affordances  5136 -E to  5136 -J (i.e., the second set of affordances) corresponding to the “All Contacts” group of the user&#39;s contact book along with the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ). In  FIG. 13C , for example, dynamic function row  104  displays a second plurality of affordances  5298  (i.e., the third set of affordances) that correspond to the menu of edit controls  5296  that is in focus on primary display  102  along with the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ). 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface for the application executed by the computing system is displayed ( 724 ) on the primary display in a full-screen mode, and the first set of one or more affordances displayed on the touch screen display includes controls corresponding to the full-screen mode.  FIG. 10G , for example, shows primary display  102  displaying photo B in full-screen mode within window  5200 , and also shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of controls  5209  for straightening the orientation of photo B within window  5200 . For example, in response to detecting a swipe gesture in the second direction (e.g., vertical relative to the major dimension of dynamic function row  104 ), dynamic function row  104  displays a set of controls corresponding to crop tool  5210  (e.g., if the swipe gesture is an upward swipe gesture) or a set of controls corresponding to red-eye reduction tool  5206  (e.g., if the swipe gesture is a downward swipe gesture). Continuing with this example, in response to detecting a swipe gesture in the first direction (e.g., horizontal relative to the major dimension of dynamic function row  104 ), dynamic function row  104  adjusts the orientation of photo B within window  5200 . 
     In another example, with respect to  FIG. 10G , in response to detecting a swipe gesture in the second direction (e.g., vertical relative to the major dimension of dynamic function row  104 ), dynamic function row  104  displays a set of controls associated with information affordance  5178  (e.g., if the swipe gesture is an upward swipe gesture) or a set of controls associated with photo adding affordance  5182  (e.g., if the swipe gesture is a downward swipe gesture). Continuing with this example, in response to detecting a swipe gesture in the first direction (e.g., horizontal relative to the major dimension of dynamic function row  104 ), dynamic function row  104  displays a set of controls corresponding to crop tool  5210  (e.g., if the swipe gesture is an right-to-left swipe gesture) or a set of controls corresponding to red-eye reduction tool  5206  (e.g., if the swipe gesture is a left-to-right swipe gesture). 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 45A-45C  have been described is merely an example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  600 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1000 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  700  described above with respect to  FIGS. 45A-45C . 
       FIGS. 46A-46B  are a flowchart of a method of maintaining functionality of an application while in full-screen mode, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  800  is performed at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  800  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     The computing system displays ( 802 ), on the primary display in a normal mode, a first user interface for the application executed by the computing system, the first user interface comprising at least a first set of one or more affordances associated with an application.  FIG. 10B , for example, shows primary display  102  displaying a first user interface with window  5166  for the photo application in a normal display mode. In  FIG. 10B , selected photo B within window  5166  is in focus on primary display  102 , and window  5166  includes selectable affordances (i.e., the first set of affordances) for performing functions/operations with selected photo B: search, zoom, slideshow, share, and settings. 
     The computing system detects ( 804 ) a user input for displaying at least a portion of the first user interface for the application in a full-screen mode on the primary display. For example, the detected user input corresponds to a selection of a full-screen view affordance or a slideshow affordance displayed on primary display  102  or dynamic function row  104 . 
     In some embodiments, the user input for displaying at least the portion of the first user interface for the application in full-screen mode on the primary display is ( 806 ) at least one of a touch input detected on the touch screen display and a control selected within the first user interface on the primary display. In a first example,  FIG. 10B  shows primary display  102  displaying cursor  504  at a location corresponding to a slideshow affordance. In a second example,  FIG. 10D  shows dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5196  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to full-screen affordance  5196 . 
     In response to detecting the user input, the computing system ( 808 ): ceases to display the first set of one or more affordances associated with the application in the first user interface on the primary display; displays, on the primary display in the full-screen mode, the portion of the first user interface for the application; and automatically, without human intervention, displays, on the touch screen display, a second set of one or more affordances for controlling the application, where the second set of one or more affordances correspond to the first set of one or more affordances. Continuing with the first example above,  FIG. 10C  shows primary display  102  displaying a slideshow of photos from the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library in window  5188  in response to detecting selection of slideshow affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 10B .  FIG. 10C  also shows dynamic function row  104  displaying thumbnail images  5192 -Y,  5192 -Z,  5192 -A,  5192 -B,  5192 -C,  5192 -D, and  5192 -E (i.e., the second set of affordances) in response to detecting selection of slideshow affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 10B . Thumbnail images  5192 -Y,  5192 -Z,  5192 -A,  5192 -B,  5192 -C,  5192 -D, and  5192 -E correspond to the sequence of photos for the slideshow that are associated with the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library. In  FIG. 10C , affordance  5192 -B corresponding to photo B is prominently displayed by dynamic function row  104  (e.g., with bold text and a thick border) to indicate that photo B is currently in focus on primary display  102 . 
     Continuing with the second example above,  FIG. 10E  shows primary display  102  displaying photo B in full-screen mode within window  5200  in response to detecting selection of full-screen affordance  5196  in  FIG. 10D .  FIG. 10F  also shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a set of editing tools  5205  (i.e., the second set of affordances) in response to detecting selection of editing affordance  5180  in  FIG. 10E . 
     In another example, when the web browser application or a portion of the user interface that corresponds to the web browser application is in focus on primary display  102  and the computing system detects a user input to enter full-screen mode, primary display  102  displays a currently active tab in full-screen mode, and dynamic function row  104  displays thumbnail images corresponding to tabs open within the web browser application along with the at least one system-level affordance. For example, the user of the computing system is able to display a respective tab on primary display  102  in full-screen mode by selecting a thumbnail corresponding to the respective tab on dynamic function row  104 . 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances is ( 810 ) the first set of one or more affordances. For example, the second set of affordances includes at least a portion of the first set of affordances associated with the application. In another example, the second set of affordances includes the first set of affordances associated with the application. In another example, the second set of affordances is the same as the first set of affordances associated with the application. For example, the second set of affordances includes controls associated with the application executed by the computing system such as photo editing controls, gaming controls, slideshow controls and previews, currently opened web page tabs for a web browser, etc. 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances includes ( 812 ) controls corresponding to the full-screen mode.  FIG. 10C , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying thumbnail images  5192 -Y,  5192 -Z,  5192 -A,  5192 -B,  5192 -C,  5192 -D, and  5192 -E (i.e., the second set of affordances) corresponding to the sequence of photos for the slideshow that are associated with the all photos sub-section of the user&#39;s photo library. For example, the user of the computing system is able to skip ahead to a specific photo or skip back to a specific photo by selecting one of the affordances  5192 . Furthermore, for example, the user of the computing system is able to browse ahead by performing a right-to-left swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104  or browse behind in the sequence of photos by performing a left-to-right swipe gesture on dynamic function row  104 . Additionally, in  FIG. 10C , dynamic function row  104  displays pause affordance  5190 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact), causes the slideshow to be paused and also causes primary display  102  to exit the full-screen mode. 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances includes ( 814 ) at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality.  FIG. 10C , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying thumbnail images  5192  and pause affordance  5190  along with the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) and the persistent controls (e.g., affordances  516  and  534 ). 
     Providing affordances for controlling an application via a touch-sensitive secondary display, while a portion of the application is displayed in a full-screen mode on a primary display, allows users to continue accessing functions that may no longer be directly displayed on a primary display. Allowing users to continue accessing functions that may no longer be directly displayed on a primary display provides the user with a quick and convenient way to access functions that may have become buried on the primary display and thereby enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access needed functions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time digging through hierarchical menus to locate the needed functions) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the needed functions more quickly and efficiently. Therefore, by shifting menu options from a primary display and to a touch-sensitive secondary display in order to make sure that content may be presented (without obstruction) in the full-screen mode, users are able to sustain interactions with the device and their workflow is not interrupted when shifting to the full-screen mode. Additionally, fewer interactions are required in order to access menu options while viewing full-screen content, as menu options that may have become buried behind content on the primary display is presented on the touch-sensitive secondary display for easy and quick access (and without having to exit full screen mode and then dig around looking for the menu options), thereby reducing power usage and improving battery life for the device. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects ( 816 ) a user touch input selecting one of the second set of affordances displayed on the touch screen display, and, in response to detecting the user touch input, the computing system changes the portion of the first user interface for the application being displayed in the full-screen mode on the primary display according to the selected one of the second set of affordances. In  FIG. 10G , for example, the user of the computing system is able to adjust the orientation of photo B within window  5200  displayed by primary display  102  by performing a left-to-right swipe/drag gesture or a right-to-left swipe/drag gesture at a location originating on slider  5210  or within the set of controls  5209 . 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the portion of the first user interface for the application in the full-screen mode on the primary display, the computing system ( 818 ): detects a subsequent user input for exiting the full-screen mode; and, in response to detecting the subsequent user input: displays, on the primary display in the normal mode, the first user interface for the application executed by the computing system, the first user interface comprising the first set of one or more affordances associated with the application; and maintains display of at least a subset of the second set of one or more affordances for controlling the application on the touch screen display, where the second set of one or more affordances correspond to the first set of one or more affordances. In one example,  FIG. 10C  shows dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5194  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to pause affordance  5190 . Continuing with this example, primary display  102  exits the full-screen mode, and  FIG. 10D  shows primary display  102  displaying photo B in an expanded view within window  5166  in response to detecting selection of pause affordance  5190  in  FIG. 10C . In another example,  FIG. 10G  shows dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5216  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to escape affordance  516 . Continuing with this example, primary display  102  exits the full-screen mode, and  FIG. 10H  shows primary display  102  displaying photo B in the expanded view within window  5166  in response to detecting selection of escape affordance  516  in  FIG. 10G . Continuing with this example,  FIG. 10H  also shows dynamic function row  104  maintaining display of at least a subset of the second set of affordances displayed  FIG. 10G . 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 46A-46B  have been described is merely an example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  600 ,  700 ,  900 , and  1000 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  800  described above with respect to  FIGS. 46A-46B . 
       FIGS. 47A-47B  are a flowchart of a method of displaying notifications on a touch screen display, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  900  is performed at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  900  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     The computing system displays ( 902 ), on the primary display, a first user interface for an application executed by the computing system.  FIG. 12F , for example, shows primary display  102  displaying a first user interface with an interface for tab B (e.g., corresponding to www.website_B.com/home) along with a bookmarks sidebar within window  5224 . In  FIG. 12F , the bookmarks sidebar is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding the bookmarks sidebar. 
     The computing system displays ( 904 ), on the touch screen display, a second user interface, the second user interface comprising a set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application. Continuing with the example above,  FIG. 12F  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying a second user interface with a set of bookmark affordances  5278  corresponding to all pre-existing bookmarks as a result of the bookmarks sidebar being in focus on primary display  102 . 
     In some embodiments, prior to detecting the notification, the computing system detects ( 906 ) a user input selecting a notification setting so as to display notifications on the touch screen display and to not display notifications on the primary display. In some embodiments, the user of the computing system is able to specify within a settings panel whether received notifications are to be displayed on one or more of primary display  102  and dynamic function row  104 . In some embodiments, the computing system displays received notifications on dynamic function row  104  but not on primary display  102  by default. 
     The computing system detects ( 908 ) a notification. In some embodiments, the notification is associated with the application (e.g., the web browser application in  FIG. 12F ). In some embodiments, the notification is associated with the application that is currently being executed in the foreground or with a background application. For example, the notification is one of: a modal alert or real-time notification such as an alert associated with a newly received email, instant message, or SMS; a notification associated with a newly detected occurrence within an application such as a post or response within a social media application; a model alert associated with an application executed by the computing system such as a save/exit dialogue box or other prompt; or the like. 
     In response to detecting the notification, the computing system concurrently displays ( 910 ), in the second user interface, the set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application and at least a portion of the detected notification on the touch screen display, where the detected notification is not displayed on the primary display. For example, in some embodiments, based on the notification setting discussed in operation  906 , at least a portion of the detected notification is overlaid on the second user interface displayed on dynamic function row  104 . Additionally and/or alternatively, in some embodiments, the notification is overlaid on the first user interface displayed by primary display  102 . As such, the user of the computing system is able to view and respond to notifications without shifting his/her hands away from the set of physical keys to another input device (e.g., a mouse) when such selectable controls are displayed on the primary display. This reduction in mode switching, for example, between keyboard and mouse for the user&#39;s hands and between keyboard and display for the user&#39;s eyes, provides for a more intuitive user experience and a more efficient human-machine interface. 
     For example,  FIG. 8G  shows primary display  102  and dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5156  in response to detecting selection of the exit affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 8F . In  FIG. 8G , modal alert  5156  prompts the user to save the draft email prior to closing window  580  and includes a “Save” affordance  5158 , a “Don&#39;t Save” affordance  5160 , and a “Cancel” affordance  5162 . In another example,  FIG. 9  shows primary display  102  and dynamic function row  104  displaying application selection window  5164  in response to receiving a signal corresponding to a specified physical key combination (e.g., alt+tab) from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In  FIG. 9 , application selection window  5164  enables the user of the computing system to toggle between currently running applications which may be in the background. 
     In yet another example,  FIG. 10H  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying notification  5218  overlaid on affordances  5178 ,  5180 ,  5182 , and  5184  in response to reception of notification  5218  by the computing system. In  FIG. 10H , notification  5218  corresponds to an SMS, instant message, or the like sent by Suzie S. to the user of the computing system, where the notification&#39;s content inquiries “Movies tonight?” In yet another example,  FIG. 11E  shows primary display  102  and dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5240  in response to detecting selection of the purchase affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 11D . In  FIG. 11E , modal alert  5240  displayed on dynamic function row  104  prompts the user of the computing system to provide their fingerprint in fingerprint region  5244  of dynamic function row  104  and also includes cancel affordance  5242 , which, when activated (e.g., via a tap contact) causes cancellation of the purchase. 
     In a yet another example,  FIG. 12A  shows primary display  102  displaying notification  5264  overlaid on window  5264  in response to reception of notification  5264  by the computing system. In  FIG. 12A , notification  5264  corresponds to an SMS, instant message, or the like sent by MAS to the user of the computing system, where the notification&#39;s content inquiries “Landed yet?” In yet another example,  FIG. 12G  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5280  overlaid on the set of bookmark affordances  5278  in response to detecting selection of the exit affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 12F . In  FIG. 12G , modal alert  5280  prompts the user of the computing system to confirm that they intend to close all open tabs within the web browser application. In yet another example,  FIG. 14B  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5308  in response to detecting selection of power control  534  in  FIG. 14D . In  FIG. 14E , modal alert  5308  prompts the user of the computing system to select a logout/power-off option from one of logout affordance  5310 , restart affordance  5312 , power-off affordance  5314 , and cancel affordance  5316 . 
     Displaying received notifications at a touch-sensitive secondary display allows users to continue their work on a primary display in an uninterrupted fashion, and allows them to interact with the received notifications via the touch-sensitive secondary display. Allowing users to continue their work on the primary display in an uninterrupted fashion and allowing users to interact with the received notifications via the touch-sensitive secondary display provides users with a quick and convenient way to review and interact with received notifications and thereby enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to conveniently access received notifications directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display and without having to interrupt their workflow to deal with a received notification). Furthermore, displaying receiving notifications at the touch-sensitive secondary display provides an emphasizing effect for received notifications at the touch-sensitive secondary display, as the received notification is, in some embodiments, displayed as overlaying other affordances in the touch-sensitive secondary display, thus ensuring that the received notification is visible and easily accessible at the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     In some embodiments, the portion of the notification displayed on the touch screen display prompts ( 912 ) a user of the computing system to select one of a plurality of options for responding to the detected notification. For example, modal alert  5156  displayed by primary display  102  and dynamic function row  104 , in  FIG. 8G , prompts the user to save the draft email prior to closing window  580  and includes a “Save” affordance  5158 , a “Don&#39;t Save” affordance  5160 , and a “Cancel” affordance  5162 . In another example, modal alert  5280  displayed by dynamic function row  104 , in  FIG. 12G , prompts the user of the computing system to confirm that they intend to close all open tabs within the web browser application. In yet another example, modal alert  5308  displayed by dynamic function row  104 , in  FIG. 14E , prompts the user of the computing system to select a logout/power-off option from one of logout affordance  5310 , restart affordance  5312 , power-off affordance  5314 , and cancel affordance  5316 . 
     In some embodiments, the portion of the notification displayed on the touch screen display includes ( 914 ) one or more suggested responses to the detected notification.  FIG. 12C , for example, shows dynamic function row  104  displaying response dialogue box  5268  in response to detecting contact  5266  at the location within notification  5264  in  FIG. 12B . In  FIG. 12C , response dialogue box  5268  includes a plurality of predictive responses to the content of notification  5264  shown in  FIGS. 12A-12B . In  FIG. 12C , response dialogue box  5268  includes a first predictive response  5270  (“Yes.”), a second predictive response  5272  (“No.”), and a third predictive response  5274  (“On my way!”).  FIG. 12C  also illustrates dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5276  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location corresponding to the first predictive response  5270 . For example, in response to selection of the first predictive response  5270 , the computing system causes the first predictive response  5270  (“Yes.”) to be sent to MAS via a same communication mode (e.g., SMS, instant message, or the like) as the one by which notification  5264  was sent to the user of the computing system. In another example, in response to selection of the first predictive response  5270 , the computing system causes the first predictive response  5270  (“Yes.”) to be sent to MAS via a default communication mode (e.g., selected by the user or set in software). 
     In some embodiments, the notification corresponds ( 916 ) to an at least one of an incoming instant message, SMS, email, voice call, or video call. In  FIG. 10H , for example, notification  5218  corresponds to an SMS, instant message, or the like sent by Suzie S. to the user of the computing system. In another example, in  FIG. 11F , interface  5248  corresponds to an incoming voice call from C. Cheung, and, in  FIG. 11G , interface  5256  correspond to an ongoing voice call between C. Cheung and the user of the computing system. In yet another example, notification  5264 , in  FIGS. 12A-12B , corresponds to an SMS, instant message, or the like sent by MAS to the user of the computing system. 
     In some embodiments, the notification corresponds ( 918 ) to a modal alert issued by an application being executed by the processor of the computing system in response to a user input closing the application or performing an action within the application. In a first example,  FIG. 8G  shows modal alert  5156  prompting the user of the computing system to save the draft email prior to closing window  580  in response to detecting selection of the exit affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 8F . In a second example,  FIG. 11E  shows modal alert  5240  prompting the user of the computing system  100  to provide their fingerprint to validate the purchase in response to detecting selection of the purchase affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 11D . In a third example,  FIG. 12G  shows modal alert  5280  prompting the user of the computing system to confirm that they intend to close all open tabs within the web browser application in response to detecting selection of the exit affordance with cursor  504  in  FIG. 12F . 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more affordances includes ( 920 ) at least one a system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality, and the notification corresponds to a user input selecting one or more portions of the input mechanism (e.g., alt+tab or another keyboard combination) or the least one of a system-level affordance (e.g., a power control affordance). In one example,  FIG. 9  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying application selection window  5164  in response to receiving a signal corresponding to a specified physical key combination (e.g., alt+tab) from the set of physical keys  106  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) or from the set of physical keys  106  of peripheral keyboard  206  of desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In another example,  FIG. 14E  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying modal alert  5308  in response to detecting selection of power control  534  in  FIG. 14D . 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects ( 922 ) a user touch input on the touch screen display corresponding to the portion of the detected notification. In accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a first type (e.g., swipe to dismiss), the computing system ceases to display in the second user interface the portion of the detected notification on the touch screen display. In accordance with a determination that the user touch input corresponds to a second type (e.g., tap to perform an action) distinct from the first type, the computing system performs an action associated with the detected notification (e.g., open a dialogue for responding to the newly received email, SMS, or IM; save a document; exit a program; or the like). For example,  FIG. 10H  shows dynamic function row  104  detecting a left-to-right swipe gesture with contact  5220  from a first location  5222 -A within notification  5128  to a second location  5222 -B. Continuing with this example,  FIG. 11A  shows dynamic function row  104  ceasing to display notification  5218  in response to detecting the left-to-right swipe gesture in  FIG. 10H . In another example,  FIG. 12B  shows dynamic function row  104  receiving and detecting contact  5266  (e.g., a tap contact) at a location within notification  5264 . Continuing with this example,  FIG. 12C  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying response dialogue box  5268  in response to detecting contact  5266  at the location within notification  5264  in  FIG. 12B . 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 47A-47B  have been described is merely an example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  600 ,  700 ,  800 , and  1000 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  900  described above with respect to  FIGS. 47A-47B . 
       FIGS. 48A-48C  are a flowchart of a method of moving user interface portions, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1000  is performed at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  1000  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     The computing system displays ( 1002 ), on the primary display, a user interface, the user interface comprising one or more user interface elements. For example,  FIG. 12A  shows primary display  102  displaying an interface for tab B within window  5224  and notification  5264  overlaid on window  5224 . In  FIG. 12A , the interface for tab B shows the home web page of website B (e.g., associated with the URL: www.website_B.com/home). 
     The computing system identifies ( 1004 ) an active user interface element of the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display, where the active user interface element is associated with an application executed by the computing system. In  FIG. 12A , for example, the interface for tab B is in focus on primary display  102  as indicated by the thick lines surrounding tab B and the bold text for tab B. 
     In response to identifying the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display, the computing system displays ( 1006 ), on the touch screen display, a set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application. In  FIG. 12A , for example, dynamic function row  104  displays controls (i.e., the set of one or more affordances) for the web browser application, including: the home web page of website B in address bar  5234  (e.g., www.website_B.com/home), affordances  5230  and  5232  for navigating between recently viewed web pages, affordances  5238  for adding the current web page to a favorites or bookmarks list, and affordances  5262 -A and  5262 -B for accessing tabs A and C, respectively. 
     The computing system detects ( 1008 ) a user input to move a respective portion of the user interface. In some embodiments, the portion of the user interface is a menu, toolbar, tool set, notification, or the like. For example, the computing system detects a gesture that drags a menu to the bottom (or other user defined location) of primary display  102  or an instruction to move the menu to dynamic function row  104  via a right-click action or other corresponding affordance. In one example,  FIG. 12A  shows primary display  102  displaying the user of the computing system dragging notification  5264  with cursor  504  to a predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102 . In another example,  FIG. 12E  shows primary display  102  displaying the user of the computing system dragging the bookmarks sidebar with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102 . 
     In some embodiments, the respective portion of the user interface is ( 1010 ) a menu corresponding to the application executed by the computing system. For example, the respective portion of the user interface is a menu or a toolbar for a word processing application. For example, the respective portion of the respective user interface being drug by cursor  504 , in  FIG. 12E , is the bookmarks sidebar within window  5224 . 
     In some embodiments, the respective portion of the user interface is ( 1012 ) at least one of a notification or a modal alert. For example, the respective portion of the respective user interface being drug by cursor  504 , in  FIG. 12A , is notification  5264 . 
     Allowing a user to quickly move user interface portions (e.g., menus, notifications, etc.) from a primary display and to a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient and customized way to access the user interface portions. Providing the user with a convenient and customized way to access the user interface portions via the touch-sensitive secondary display enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access user interface portions directly through the touch-sensitive secondary display with fewer interactions and without having to waste time looking for a previously viewed (and possibly buried) user interface portion) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access needed user interface portions more quickly and efficiently. Furthermore, displaying user interface portions at the touch-sensitive secondary display in response to user input provides an emphasizing effect for the user interface portions at the touch-sensitive secondary display, as a respective user interface portions is, in some embodiments, displayed as overlaying other affordances in the touch-sensitive secondary display, thus ensuring that the respective user interface portion is visible and easily accessible at the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     In response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies predefined action criteria, the computing system ( 1014 ): ceases to display the respective portion of the user interface on the primary display; ceases to display at least a subset of the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display; and displays, on the touch screen display, a representation of the respective portion of the user interface. In one example,  FIG. 12B  shows primary display ceasing to display notification  5264  and dynamic function row  104  displaying notification  5264  overlaid on affordances  5262 -A and  5262 -B in response to the user of the computing system dragging notification  5264  with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102  in  FIG. 12A . In another example,  FIG. 12F  shows dynamic function row  104  ceasing to display the controls associated with the web browser application as shown in  FIG. 12E  and displaying a set of bookmark affordances  5278  corresponding to all pre-existing bookmarks in response to the user of the computing system dragging the bookmarks sidebar with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102  in  FIG. 12E . 
     In some embodiments, the predefined action criteria are satisfied ( 1016 ) when the user input is a dragging gesture that drags the respective portion of the user interface to a predefined location of the primary display. In some embodiments, the predefined location is one of a plurality of predefined location set by the user of the computing system or set by default in software. In one example, in  FIG. 12B , the user of the computing system drags notification  5264  to a predefined location (e.g., the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102 ) with cursor  504 . In another example, in  FIG. 12E , the user of the computing system drags the bookmarks sidebar to a predefined location (e.g., the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102 ) with cursor  504 . 
     In some embodiments, the predefined action criteria are satisfied when the user input is ( 1018 ) a predetermined input corresponding to moving the respective portion of the user interface to the touch screen display. For example, primary display  102  displays a window for a word processing application along with a formatting toolbar overlaid on the window for the word processing application. Continuing with this example, in response to selecting a specific display option after right-clicking on the formatting toolbar or selecting the specific display option while the formatting toolbar is in focus on primary display  102 , primary display  102  ceases to display the formatting toolbar and dynamic function row displays the formatting toolbar. 
     In some embodiments, the representation of the respective portion of the user interface is overlaid ( 1020 ) on the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display. For example,  FIG. 12B  shows dynamic function row  104  displaying notification  5264  overlaid on affordances  5262 -A and  5262 -B in response to the user of the computing system dragging notification  5264  with cursor  504  to the predefined location in the bottom right-hand corner of primary display  102  in  FIG. 12A . 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more affordances includes ( 1022 ) at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality, and, after displaying the representation of the respective portion of the user interface on the touch screen display, the computing system maintains display of the at least one system-level affordance on the touch screen display. In  FIG. 12B , for example, dynamic function row  104  displays notification  5264  overlaid on affordances  5262 -A and  5262 -B along with the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) and the persistent controls (e.g., escape affordance  516  and power control  534 ). In  FIG. 12F , for example, dynamic function row  104  displays the set of bookmark affordances  5278  along with the at least one system-level affordance (e.g., affordance  542 ) and the persistent controls (e.g., escape affordance  516  and power control  534 ). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input does not satisfy the predefined action criteria, the computing system ( 1024 ): maintains display of the respective portion of the user interface on the primary display; and maintains display of the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display. For example, with respect to  FIG. 12A , if the user of the computing system drags notification  5264  to the bottom left-hand corner of primary display  102  with cursor  504 , notification  5264  will be displayed in the bottom left-hand corner of primary display  102  and dynamic function row  104  will do display notification  5264  as the bottom left-hand corner is not the predefined location (e.g., the bottom right-hand corner is the predefined location). 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 48A-48C  have been described is merely an example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  600 ,  700 ,  800 , and  900 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1000  described above with respect to  FIGS. 48A-48C . 
       FIG. 49  is a flowchart depicting a method  1100  of browsing through user interface objects on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1100  is performed ( 1102 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  1100  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  1100  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to browse through user interface objects on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display. Method  1100  provides users with quick access to user interface controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display so that a user need not move their fingers from positions over keys on the physical input mechanism and can instead simply select controls on the secondary display without having to adjust finger positions to move to a trackpad and then move finger positions back to the physical input mechanism in order to continue working. 
     As shown in  FIG. 49 , the method  1100  includes receiving a request to open an application. For example, a user clicks on an icon for a web browser application or requests to open a web browser application that is already executing on the computing system. In some embodiments, the user provides verbal instructions to the computing system to open the application (e.g., a verbal command issued to a virtual assistant, such as SIRI). 
     In response to receiving the request, the computing system displays ( 1106 ), on the primary display, a plurality of user interface objects associated with an application executing on the computing system. For example the plurality of user interface objects correspond to tabs in a web browsing application, individual photos in a photo-browsing application, individual frames of a video in a video-editing application, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, the plurality of user interface objects includes a first user interface object displayed with its associated content and other user interface objects displayed without their associated content. For example, as shown in  FIG. 16C , the plurality of user interface objects correspond to web-browsing tabs in a browser application and the first user interface object corresponds to a tab  5052 -A that currently has focus on the primary display  102 . As shown in  FIG. 16C , the tab  5052 -A is displayed with associated web content and the other user interface objects (e.g., tabs  5050 -A and  5051 -A are displayed without their associated web content). 
     In response to receiving the request, the computing system also displays ( 1108 ), on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a set of affordances that each represent (i.e., correspond to) one of the plurality of user interface objects. For example, a first affordance  5052 -B corresponds to the first user interface object  5052 -A,  FIG. 16C . In some embodiments, the set of affordances are displayed next to at least one system-level affordance corresponding to a system-level functionality (e.g., system-level affordances are discuss in detail above and, as shown in  FIG. 16C , system-level affordances for accessing brightness, playback, and volume controls are shown adjacent to the set of affordances in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ). 
     In some embodiments, the first affordance in the set of affordances that corresponds to the first tab is displayed with a larger display size than other affordances in the set (e.g., the first affordance  5052 -B is display with the larger display size relative to other affordances  5050 -B and  5051 -B). In some embodiments, the other affordances are also displayed with a lower brightness level relative to a brightness level of the first affordance  5052 -B. 
     In some embodiments, before receiving the request to open the application, the touch-sensitive secondary display included a different set of affordances in an application-specific region of the touch-sensitive secondary display (such as affordances for accessing various folders in a Finder application, such as the affordances shown in touch-sensitive secondary display  104  in  FIG. 21B ). 
     The computing system, in accordance with method  1100 , detects ( 1110 ), via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a swipe gesture (e.g.,  5011 -A,  FIG. 16C ) in a direction from a first affordance of the set of affordances and towards a second affordance of the set of affordances. In some embodiments, the first affordance represents the first user interface object (e.g., the first affordance  5052 -B represents first user interface object  5052 -A) and the second affordance represents a second user interface object that is distinct from the first user interface object (e.g., the second affordance  5051 -B represents second user interface object  5051 -A). 
     In response to detecting the swipe gesture, the computing system updates the primary display (e.g., during the swipe gesture) to cease displaying associated content for the first user interface object and to display associated content for the second user interface object. For example, as shown in  FIG. 16D  as the swipe gesture moves towards and makes contact with the second affordance  5051 -B (e.g., input  5011 -B,  FIG. 16D ) and, in response, the primary display is updated to include associated content for the second user interface object  5051 -A. In some embodiments, the second affordance  5051 -B is also updated on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to have the larger display size and an increased brightness level. 
     In some embodiments, a tap over a respective affordance displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  may also be used to facilitate navigation through the plurality of user interface objects on the primary display (instead of or in addition to the swipe gesture). For example, each of the inputs  5011 -A,  5011 -B, and  5011 -C may correspond to discrete inputs or may correspond to a continuous swipe gesture across the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects continuous travel of the swipe gesture across the touch-sensitive secondary display, including the swipe gesture contacting a third affordance that represents a third user interface object (as shown in  FIG. 16E, 5011 -C contacts the third affordance  5050 -B). In response to detecting that the swipe gesture contacts the third affordance, the computing system updates the primary display to display associated content for the third user interface object (as shown in  FIG. 16E ). 
     In some embodiments, each affordance in the set of affordance includes a representation of respective associated content for a respective user interface object of the plurality. For example, each of the affordances  5050 -B,  5051 -B, and  5052 -B include a mini-view/shrunken view of content for a corresponding tab shown on the primary display  102  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 16C ). 
     Allowing a user to quickly navigate through user interface objects on a primary display (e.g., browser tabs) by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the user interface objects. Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the user interface objects via the touch-sensitive secondary display (and reducing the number of inputs needed to navigate through the user interface objects, thus requiring fewer interactions to navigate through the user interface objects) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to navigate through user interface objects on a primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to navigate through user interface objects on the primary display more quickly and efficiently. Moreover, as users provide an input at the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a swipe gesture) to navigate through the user interface objects on the primary display, each contacted affordance at the touch-sensitive display (that corresponds to one of the user interface objects) is visually distinguished from other affordances (e.g., a respective contacted affordance is magnified and a border may be highlighted), thus making information displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display more discernable to the user. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system, before detecting the swipe gesture (or before detecting movement of the swipe gesture, detects an initial contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display over the first affordance. In response to detecting the initial contact, the computing system increases a magnification level (or display size) of the first affordance. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a user has provided an input at a respective affordance that corresponds to a respective user interface object other than a user interface object that has focus on the primary display  102 , the computing device increases a magnification level of the respective affordance. 
     In some embodiments, the application is a web browsing application, and the plurality of user interface objects each correspond to web-browsing tabs. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects an input at a URL-input portion of the web browsing application on the primary display. In response to detecting the input, the computing system updates the touch-sensitive secondary display to include representations of favorite URLs. An example is shown in  FIG. 16P . 
     In some embodiments, the application is a photo-browsing application, and the plurality of user interface objects each correspond to individual photos (as shown in  FIG. 27B ). In some embodiments, the set of affordances includes different representation types based on a type of content for each of the user interface objects. For example, if one of the UI objects corresponds to a live photo, display an appropriate indication (as shown in  FIG. 28K ). 
     In some embodiments, the application is a video-editing (or video-playback) application, and the plurality of user interface object each correspond to individual frames in a respective video. An example is shown in  FIGS. 19A-19B , in which a user is able to provide an input  5015 -A to quickly navigate through individual frames of the respective video. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 49  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. 
       FIG. 50  is a flowchart depicting a method  1200  of browsing through search results on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1200  is performed ( 1202 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  1200  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  1200  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to browse through and locate search results on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display. Method  1200  provides users with quick access to user interface controls at the touch-sensitive secondary display for navigating between search results so that a user need not move their fingers from positions over keys on the physical input mechanism and can instead simply select controls on the secondary display without having to adjust finger positions to move to a trackpad and then move finger positions back to the physical input mechanism in order to continue working. 
     In accordance with the method  1200 , the computing system receives ( 1204 ) a request to search within content displayed on the primary display of the computing device. For example, the request corresponds to a search for text on a webpage, as shown in  FIGS. 32A-32B , the request corresponds to a search for text within a document, as shown in  FIGS. 32C-32E . 
     In response to receiving the request, the computing system displays ( 1206 ), on the primary display, a plurality of search results responsive to the search. In some embodiments, the request to search within the content is a request to locate a search string within the content, and the plurality of search results each include at least the search string (e.g., the search string is “the,” as shown in  FIGS. 32A-32E ). In some embodiments, displaying the plurality of search results includes highlighting the search string for each of the plurality of search results (e.g., as shown in  FIGS. 32A-32E , the search string “the” is highlighted within the web browser and the notes application users interfaces). 
     In some embodiments, focus (of the primary display  102 ) is on a first search result of the plurality of search results (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 32A , the first search result is highlighted using a different color than is used to highlight the rest of the search results). 
     In response to receiving the request, the computing system also displays ( 1208 ), on the touch-sensitive secondary display, respective representations that each correspond to a respective search result of the plurality of search results. For example, the representations are tick marks that each correspond to respective search results of the search results (as shown in  FIG. 32A ). In some embodiments, the tick marks are displayed in a row on the touch-sensitive secondary display in an order that corresponds to an ordering of the search results on the primary display (as shown in  FIG. 32A ). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  also includes text that indicates a current position of a selected search result (e.g., “1 of 29” as shown in  FIG. 32A ). 
     In accordance with method  1200 , the computing system detects ( 1210 ), via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a touch input (e.g., a tap or a swipe) that selects a representation of the respective representations, the representation corresponding to a second search result of the plurality of search results distinct from the first search result. For example, as shown in  FIGS. 32B and 32D , the touch input selects a tenth and a thirteenth representation, respectively. 
     In response to detecting the input, the computing system changes focus ( 1212 ) on the primary display to the second search result. For example, as shown in  FIG. 32B , in response to the touch input selecting the thirteenth representation shown in the touch-sensitive secondary display, the computing system changes focus on the primary display to the second search result. In this way, a user is able to quickly and easily locate and investigate each search result as they scrub/swipe/gesture within the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . 
     Allowing a user to quickly navigate through search results on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the search results. Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly navigate through the search results via the touch-sensitive secondary display (and reducing the number of inputs needed to navigate through the search results, thus requiring fewer interactions from a user to browse through numerous search results quickly) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to navigate through numerous search results on a primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to navigate through search results on the primary display more quickly and efficiently. Moreover, as users provide an input at the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a swipe gesture) to navigate through the search on the primary display, each contacted affordance at the touch-sensitive display (that corresponds to one of the search results) is visually distinguished from other affordances (e.g., a respective contacted affordance is magnified and a border may be highlighted), thus making information displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display more discernable to the user. 
     In some embodiments, changing focus includes modifying, on the primary display, a visual characteristic of (e.g., a visual characteristic that is used to render) the second search result (e.g., displaying the second search result with a larger font size or displaying the second search result with a different highlight color). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects a gesture that moves across at least two of the respective representations on the touch-sensitive secondary display. In response to detecting the gesture, the computing system changes focus on the primary display to respective search results that correspond to the at least two of the respective representations as the swipe gestures moves across the at least two of the respective representations (e.g., as the contact moves across each of the respective representations, the primary display is updated to show an appropriate search result, allowing quick and easy navigation through all of the search results with a single swipe gesture). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system, in accordance with a determination that a speed of the gesture is above a threshold speed, the computing system changes focus on the primary display to respective search results in addition to those that correspond to the at least two of the respective representations. For example, if the gesture travels above the threshold speed, then the computing system causes the primary display  102  to cycle through more search results in addition to those contacted during the gesture. In some embodiments, the gesture is a swipe gesture or a flick gesture. 
     In some embodiments (and as shown in  FIG. 32C-32D ), the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  includes a “Replace” affordance that, when selected, causes the computing system to replace either a currently selected search result or replace all of the search results shown on the primary display  102 . In some embodiments, in response to a selection of the “Replace” affordance, then the computing system updates the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to include additional options for selecting whether to replace a current selection or all search results (as shown in  FIG. 32E ). 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 50  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described 
       FIG. 51  is a flowchart depicting a method  1300  of a method of modifying details for an event that is displayed on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1300  is performed ( 1302 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  1300  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  1300  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to modify details for an event that is displayed on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display. Method  1300  provides users with quick access to user interface controls (for modifying event details) at the touch-sensitive secondary display so that a user need not move their fingers from positions over keys on the physical input mechanism and can instead simply select controls on the secondary display without having to adjust finger positions to move to a trackpad (e.g., to waste time navigating through complicated menu hierarchies) and then move finger positions back to the physical input mechanism in order to continue working. 
     In accordance with method  1300 , the computing system displays ( 1304 ), on the primary display, a calendar application (e.g., various user interfaces for the calendar application are shown in  FIGS. 36A-36J ). In some embodiments, the controls available in the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  change based on a current view associated with the calendar application on the primary display (e.g., depending on whether a day, week, month, or year view is being used to view the calendar application, as shown in  FIGS. 36A-36D ). 
     The computing system receives ( 1306 ) a request to display information about an event that is associated with the calendar application. In response to receiving the request, the computing system displays ( 1308 ), on the primary display, event details for the first event, the event details including a start time and an end time for the event. For example, the request corresponds to a selection of an event that is displayed within the calendar application on the primary display (as shown in  FIG. 361 , event details for an event labeled “Breakfast” is presented within the calendar application on the primary display  102 ). As shown in  FIG. 361 , the event details indicate that the “Breakfast” event is on Jun. 24, 2015 from 10-11 AM. 
     In response to receiving the request, the computing system displays ( 1310 ), on the touch-sensitive secondary display, an affordance, the affordance indicating a range of time that at least includes the start time and the end time (as shown in  FIG. 361 , the affordance is shown and the current start and end times for the event are highlighted in blue). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, an input at the affordance that modifies the range of time. In some embodiments, the input that modifies the range of time is a press input that remains in contact with the affordance for more than a threshold amount of time and then moves at least a portion the affordance across the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., this press input may also be referred to as a drag gesture that moves the end time for the event to 3 PM, as shown in  FIG. 36J ). 
     In response to detecting the input, the computing system: (i) modifies at least one of the start time and the end time for the event in accordance with the input; and (ii) displays, on the primary display, a modified range of time for the event in accordance with the input (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 36J  the primary display  102  is updated to reflect that the event is now ending at 3 PM). 
     In some embodiments, the input that modifies the range of time is a swipe gesture that moves across the touch-sensitive secondary display and causes the computing system to select a new start time and a new end time for the event. In some embodiments, the new start and end times correspond to a time slot that is of a same duration covered by the start and end times. For example, the computing device causes the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  to jump to a next available block of time that is the same duration as the prior start and end times, e.g., if existing start/end time are 1-2 PM, then a swipe might cause the new start and end time to be selected as 2-3 PM. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system saves the event with the modified start and/or end time to the memory of the computing system. 
     Allowing a user to quickly and easily edit event details at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly edit event details without having to perform extra inputs (e.g., having to jump back and forth between using a keyboard and using a trackpad to modify the event details). Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly edit event details via the touch-sensitive secondary display (and reducing the number of inputs needed to edit the event details, thus requiring fewer interactions to achieve a desired result of editing event details) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to quickly edit certain event details) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to edit event details more quickly and efficiently. Additionally, by updating the primary display in response to inputs at the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., to show updated start and end times for an event), a user is able to sustain interactions with the device in an efficient way by providing inputs to modify the event and then immediately seeing those modifications reflected on the primary display, so that the user is then able to decide whether to provide an additional input or not. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 51  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described 
       FIG. 52  is a flowchart depicting a method  1400  of a method of presenting actionable information at a touch-sensitive secondary display about external devices that are connected with a computing system that includes the touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1400  is performed ( 1402 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  1400  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  1400  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to present actionable information at a touch-sensitive secondary display about external devices that are connected with a computing system that includes the touch-sensitive secondary display. Method  1400  provides users with quick access to user interface controls (for controlling external devices) at the touch-sensitive secondary display so that a user need not move their fingers from positions over keys on the physical input mechanism and can instead simply select controls on the secondary display without having to adjust finger positions to move to a trackpad (e.g., to waste time navigating through complicated menu hierarchies to located needed functions for controlling external devices) and then move finger positions back to the physical input mechanism in order to continue working. 
     In accordance with the method  1400 , the computing system detects ( 1404 ) a new connection between the computing system and an external device distinct from the computing system (e.g., an additional monitor is connected using a physical cable, headphones are connected via Bluetooth or via headphone jack, etc.). In response to detecting the new connection, the computing system displays ( 1406 ), on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a plurality of affordances corresponding to functions available via the external device. 
     In this way, users are able to quickly decide what to do with newly connected external devices by simply selecting an option from the touch-sensitive secondary display. Therefore, users do not need to interrupt their current workflow in order to decide what to do with new external devices (e.g., by having to navigate to a menu and then select an option for the new external device or by having to reposition their hands in order to interact with a trackpad). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system receives, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of a first affordance that corresponds to a first function available via the external device. In response to receiving the selection, the computing device initiates performance of the first function (e.g., the computing device begins outputting audio to the headphones or the computing device begins displaying mirroring using the external monitor). 
     In some embodiments, the external device is an additional display, distinct from the primary display and the touch-sensitive secondary display. In some embodiments, the plurality of affordances include a first affordance that, when selected, causes the computing system to initiate performance of a display mirroring function via the additional display. 
     Allowing a user to efficiently utilize external devices via a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to access functions that may otherwise be buried in menus. Providing the user with a convenient way to access functions for external devices that may otherwise be buried in menus (and, therefore, reducing the number of inputs needed to access the functions, thus requiring fewer interactions in order to use external devices) enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to perform a certain function for an external device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to interact with external devices more quickly and efficiently. In this way, the touch-sensitive secondary display also conveys information about an internal state of the device (by reflecting a connecting status between the device and the external device, and allowing users to easily interact with the external device). 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 52  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described 
       FIG. 53  is a flowchart depicting a method  1500  of previewing characters that are displayed within an application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1500  is performed ( 1502 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  1500  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  1500  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to preview characters that are displayed within an application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display. Method  1500  provides users with quick access to user interface controls (for easily previewing characters) at the touch-sensitive secondary display so that a user need not move their fingers from positions over keys on the physical input mechanism and can instead simply select controls on the secondary display without having to adjust finger positions to move to a trackpad (e.g., to waste time navigating through complicated menu hierarchies to locate desired characters) and then move finger positions back to the physical input mechanism in order to continue working. 
     In accordance with the method  1500 , the computing system displays ( 1504 ), on the primary display, a user interface for an application that is executing on the computing system (e.g., the user interface is for a messaging application, such as that shown in  FIG. 33A ). The computing system detects ( 1506 ) a first input at a particular location within the user interface (e.g., input  5046 -A,  FIG. 32E ). For example, the first input corresponds to a request to compose or edit a document, a request to begin composing or editing a text message, etc. In some embodiments, the first input causes the computing system to update a location for a displayed cursor so that it moves to the particular location at which the input was detected. 
     In response to detecting the first input, the computing system displays ( 1506 ), on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a set of affordances that each correspond to distinct characters (e.g., the set of affordances each correspond to individual emojis, as shown in  FIG. 33A ). 
     In some embodiments, the first input may also be provided at the touch-sensitive secondary display in order to activate display of the set of affordances in the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., the first input corresponds to input  5046 -B,  FIG. 33B ). 
     In some embodiments, displaying the user interface for the application includes updating the touch-sensitive secondary display to include the set of affordances. For example, if the application opens and allows users to begin composing or editing a document, then no additional input is needed to cause the touch-sensitive second display to include the set of affordances. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system determines affordances to include in the set of affordances based at least in part on textual content included in the user interface (e.g., emojis displayed in the set of affordances change based on what has already been typed, previous emoji selected when particular words have already been typed, etc.). In some embodiments, the determining is conducted in response to detecting that a user has modified textual content included in the user interface (e.g., as user types or removes text, suggested emojis displayed in the touch-sensitive secondary display may change). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a second input (e.g., input  5047 ,  FIG. 33C ) over a first affordance that corresponds to a first character of the distinct characters (e.g., the first affordance corresponds to a first emoji character). In response to detecting the second input, the computing system displays on the primary display a preview of the first character at the particular location while the input remains in contact with the first affordance. For example, as shown in  FIG. 33C , a preview of the first emoji character contacted by input  5047  is presented on the primary display  102  within the user interface for the messaging application. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system also detects, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, movement of the second input from the first affordance and to a second affordance that corresponds to a second character of the distinct characters (e.g., the input  5047  travels to a position on the touch-sensitive secondary display that corresponds to input  5048 ,  FIG. 33D ). In response to detecting the movement of the second input from the first affordance and to the second affordance, the computing system replaces the preview of the first character with a preview of the second character (as shown in  FIG. 33D ). In some embodiments, as the second input continues to move across the touch-sensitive secondary display, the computing system displays previews for respective characters of the distinct characters as corresponding affordances in the set of affordances are contacted by the second input (e.g., the preview is updated on the primary display  102  to show each of the emojis located on the touch-sensitive secondary display between the input  5047  and the input  5048 ). 
     In some embodiments, the preview of the second character remains displayed on the primary display while the second input remains in contact with the second affordance. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects liftoff of the second input while it is contact with second affordance. In response to detecting liftoff, the computing system updates the user interface to include a permanent display of (i.e., not a preview of) the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects an additional input (e.g., pressing down harder during the second input at the second affordance) while second input is in contact with second affordance. In response to detecting the additional input, the computing system updates the user interface to include the permanent display of (i.e., not a preview of) the second user interface element. 
     Allowing a user to quickly and easily preview how characters will look within an application on a primary display by providing an intuitive input at a touch-sensitive secondary display provides the user with a convenient way to quickly preview how characters will look within the application. Providing the user with a convenient way to quickly preview how characters will look within an application enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to quickly preview how characters will look, thus fewer interactions are required to preview how these characters will look on the primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to preview characters more quickly and efficiently. In this way, users are provided with efficient and sustained interactions with their devices, as the users are permitted to continue previewing characters and then continue providing inputs until a desired character is located. 
     In some embodiments, the functionality described above for emoji previews via swipe gestures in the touch-sensitive secondary display is also utilized to perform other modifications to text displayed within a user interface for an application. For example, the touch-sensitive secondary display may display a color picker (e.g., the row of color options shown in  FIG. 15B  and described below in more detail below in reference to method  1600 ) and as a user swipes over various color options within the color picker, selected text is dynamically modified on the primary display to provide the user with a preview of how that text will look for each of the various color options that are contacted in conjunction with the swipe gesture. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 53  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described 
       FIG. 54  is a flowchart depicting a method  1600  of modifying visual characteristics that are used to render content within a content-editing application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1600  is performed ( 1602 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  1600  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  1600  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to modify visual characteristics that are used to render content within a content-editing application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display. Method  1600  provides users with quick access to user interface controls (for easily modifying visual characteristics used to render content on a primary display) at the touch-sensitive secondary display so that a user need not move their fingers from positions over keys on the physical input mechanism and can instead simply select controls on the secondary display without having to adjust finger positions to move to a trackpad (e.g., to waste time navigating through complicated menu hierarchies to locate desired functions that allow for modifying visual characteristics) and then move finger positions back to the physical input mechanism in order to continue working. 
     In accordance with method  1600 , the computing system receives ( 1604 ) a request to open a content-editing application (e.g., an application for composing and editing documents, drawings, photos, etc., such as the drawing application shown on  FIG. 15B ). In response to receiving the request, the computing system displays ( 1606 ), on the primary display, the content-editing application (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 15B ). 
     In response to receiving the request, the computing system also displays ( 1608 ), on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface control for modifying at least one visual characteristic that is used to render content within the content-editing application (e.g., a color picker that includes a sliding scale of color values used to select colors for content displayed within the content-editing application, such as the color picker  5505  shown in  FIG. 15B ). In some embodiments, the color picker  5505  is shown in a basic display mode ( FIG. 15B ) and, in other circumstances (or in response to a user input at affordance  5506 ), the color picker is shown in an advanced display mode (as shown in  FIGS. 15E-15H ). In some embodiments, the user interface control (in the basic and the advanced display modes) includes respective controls that each correspond to a respective value for the at least one visual characteristic along a sliding scale of values (e.g., each block of color shown in the color picker  5505  of  FIG. 15B  corresponds to a color value). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system detects, via the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 , an input at the user interface control that selects a first value for the at least one visual characteristic (e.g., the input  5010 -C selects a shade of pink). After detecting the input, the computing system renders content in the content-editing application using the first value for the at least one visual characteristic (e.g., all new content added to the content-editing application is rendered using the first value and/or currently selected content is rendered using the first value). For example, as shown in  FIG. 15D  the example stick figure&#39;s head is rendered using the first value. 
     In some embodiments, before rendering the content, the computing system receives a selection of the content (e.g., an input that selects the stick figure&#39;s head, such as input receiving via cursor  504 ,  FIG. 15A ). In some embodiments, rendering the content includes presenting a preview of the content using the first value for the at least one visual characteristic (e.g., the modifications to the stick figure&#39;s head are a preview). 
     In some embodiments, the sliding scale of values represents distinct shades of color. In some embodiments, the first value corresponds to a first shade of a first color and the method  1600  further includes: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies predetermined criteria (remains in contact for more than threshold amount of time or satisfies an intensity-based threshold), modifying the user interface control on the touch-sensitive secondary display to include options for selecting other shades of the first color, distinct from the first shade of the first color. An example is shown on  FIGS. 15B-15D  in which input  5010  remains in contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  for more than the threshold amount of time and, in response, the touch-sensitive secondary display present options for selecting other shades of the first color (e.g., other shades of pink). In some embodiments, the user need only slide the input across the other shades of the first color in order to quickly preview how those other colors will look on the primary display  102 . 
     In some embodiments, the preview is presented while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display. In some embodiments, the computing system, in response to detecting liftoff of the input, ceases to display the preview and instead displays the selected content with the first value for the at least one visual characteristic (e.g., the stick figure&#39;s head is rendered in a persistent fashion, not just as a preview that lasts while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ). 
     In some embodiments, the computing system, in response to detecting liftoff of the input, displays the portion of the editable content with the modified value for the at least one visual characteristic. 
     Therefore, users are provided with an intuitive way to modify visual characteristics that are used to render content within a content-editing application on a primary display by providing inputs at a touch-sensitive secondary display. Providing users with an intuitive way to modify visual characteristics in this way enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at a touch-sensitive secondary display to quickly preview how certain visual characteristics will look when used to render content on the primary display) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to preview changes to visual characteristics in a quicker and more efficient way. In this way, users are provided with efficient and sustained interactions with their devices, as the users are permitted to continue previewing how modifications to a visual characteristic will look on the primary display and then continue providing inputs until a desired modification for the visual characteristic is located. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 54  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described 
       FIG. 66  is a flowchart depicting a method  2800  of using a biometric sensor to enable efficient logins, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  2800  is performed ( 2802 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  2800  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  2800  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to use a biometric sensor to enable efficient logins (logins that require fewer inputs, in some instances only a single input is needed to complete a login). Method  2800  provides users with the ability to login to their devices quickly so that a user need not always type their password or have to navigate to a user-specific login page (instead the user simply provides biometric information and, based on that biometric information, the device identifies the user and allows for fast logins). 
     In accordance with method  2800 , the electronic device, while the device is in a locked state (e.g., the locked state is a state in which one or more features of the device are disabled and access to sensitive information or the ability to change or delete information is prohibited), displays ( 2804 ) a respective log-in user interface that is associated with logging in to a plurality of user accounts including a first user account and a second user account. An example log-in user interface is shown on the primary display  102  of  FIG. 26C . 
     In some embodiments, the log-in user interface includes instructions to provide biometric information (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 26C , the log-in user interface includes the instructions “Touch ID to login or switch users”). In some embodiments, the device includes a secondary display that is adjacent to the biometric sensor (e.g., the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  described herein); and the method  2800  includes, while displaying the log-in user interface on the display of the device, displaying instructions at the secondary display to provide biometric information via the biometric sensor (e.g., the secondary display  104  includes the text “Touch ID to Login.”) In some embodiments, the biometric sensor is a fingerprint sensor. In some embodiments, the biometric sensor is a facial detection sensor. In some embodiments, the biometric sensor is a retina scanner. 
     While displaying the log-in user interface, the electronic device receives ( 2806 ) biometric information about a user. For example, a user provides a fingerprint at a predefined area of the electronic device (e.g., at a biometric sensor that is integrated with the electronic device, such as a biometric sensor located above a physical keyboard and adjacent to a secondary display). In some embodiments, the biometric sensor is integrated with the secondary display. 
     In response to receiving the biometric information, the electronic device determines whether the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the first user account or the second user account of the plurality of user accounts while the first and second user accounts to not have active sessions on the device (e.g., the device has just booted up or the users have not yet logged in to the device). For example, as shown in  FIG. 26C , users “Johnny Appleseed” and “Sally” have not yet logged in, and user “Josh Olson” has logged in (as indicated by the orange-highlighted checkmark near the name Josh Olson on the displayed log-in user interface). 
     In accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts while the first user account does not have an active session on the device, the device displays ( 2808 ), on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the first user account. For example, the prompt includes the text “Touch ID disabled for initial login, please enter your password” (as shown in  FIG. 26A  after receiving biometric information from the user “Johnny Appleseed”). 
     In accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts while the second user account does not have an active session on the device, the device displays ( 2810 ), on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account. For example, the prompt is similar to the prompt shown in  FIG. 26A , but is displayed for the second user account (e.g., for the user “Sally” instead of for “Johnny Appleseed” in response to receiving biometric information from the user “Sally”). 
     In this way, users are provided with an intuitive way to access a user-specific login page by providing a single input at a biometric sensor. Providing users with an intuitive way to access a user-specific login page in this way enhances the operability of the computing system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at the biometric sensor to quickly access an appropriate, user-specific login page, thus fewer interactions are required to reach a user-specific login page) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the login page via single input. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts while the first user account has an active session on the device, the device unlocks with respect to the first user account (e.g., without requiring additional user input, such as without requiring the first user account to enter a password). For example, the first user account corresponds to the user “Josh Olson” shown in  FIG. 26C  as having an active session on the device. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts while the second user account has an active session on the device, the device unlocks with respect to the second user account (e.g., without requiring additional user input). For example, one of the other users, such as “Sally” has already logged in and has an active session on the device, and thus the device unlocks immediately instead of requiring additional input. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is not consistent with biometric information for the any user account of the device, maintaining the device in the locked state. For example, if some other user who does not have a user account on the device attempts to provide biometric information (such as a fingerprint), the device stays in the locked state (e.g., the device continues to display the log-in user interface and may display a message indicating the provided biometric information is not recognized). 
     In some embodiments, the log-in user interface includes a plurality of selectable affordances that correspond to the plurality of user accounts (as shown in  FIG. 26C , selectable affordances are shown for each of the users). 
     In some embodiments, the device, while displaying the prompt to input a log-in credential for the first user account (e.g., the prompt shown in  FIG. 26A ), receives entry of a log-in credential (e.g., a password is entered at the “Enter Password” input box); and, in response to receiving entry of the log-in credential, the device determines whether the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the first user account. 
     In accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the first user account, the device is unlocked with respect to the first user account. In accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is not consistent with a log-in credential for the first user account, the device remains in the locked state. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account, the device receives entry of a log-in credential (e.g., a password entered by the second user at the “Enter Password” input box of  FIG. 26A ). In response to receiving entry of the log-in credential, the device determines whether the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the second user account. 
     In accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the second user account, the device is unlocked with respect to the first user account; and in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is not consistent with a log-in credential for the second user account, the device remains in the locked state. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 66  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described. 
       FIG. 67  is a flowchart depicting a method  2900  of using a biometric sensor to enable efficient fast switching between logged in user accounts, in accordance with some embodiments. The method  2900  is performed ( 2902 ) at a computing system including a processor, memory, a first housing including a primary display, and a second housing at least partially containing a physical keyboard (also referred to herein as a physical input mechanism) and a touch-sensitive secondary display distinct from the primary display. Some operations in method  2900  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     In some embodiments, the computing system is portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ) or desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIG. 1A ) which is implemented in display portion  110  (also referred to herein as a first housing  110  that includes the primary display  102 ) of portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the primary display is primary display  102  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ) which is implemented in peripheral display device  204  (also referred to herein as a first housing  204  that includes the primary display  102 ) ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). In some embodiments, the second housing is body portion  120  of portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ), which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is peripheral keyboard  206  ( FIGS. 2A-2B ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ) and the physical keyboard (e.g., the set of physical keys  106 ,  FIGS. 2A-2B ). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the second housing is first peripheral input mechanism  212  ( FIG. 2C ) of desktop computing system  200 , which at least partially contains the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIG. 2C ) and the second housing includes an input mechanism (e.g., touchpad  108 ,  FIG. 2C ) and does not include the physical keyboard. 
     As described below, the method  2900  (and associated interfaces) provide(s) an intuitive way to use a biometric sensor to enable efficient fast switching between logged in user accounts. Method  2900  provides users with controls and guidance that allows the users to switch into their user accounts by simply providing biometric information (and without having to provide a password or navigate to a user interface for switching users). 
     In accordance with method  2900 , the electronic device, while the device is logged in to a first user account, displays ( 2904 ) a user interface that is associated with the first user account (e.g., a home screen or desktop for the first user account). The device is associated with a plurality of user accounts including the first user account and a second user account, and the second user account is associated with biometric information that enables logging in to the second user account. 
     While displaying the user interface that is associated with the first user account, the device receives ( 2906 ) an input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor. For example, a second user provides the input at the integrated biometric sensor while the first user account is currently logged in. 
     In response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor, the device determines whether the input meets second-user switching criteria while the second user account has an active session on the device. In some embodiments, the second-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts. 
     In accordance with a determination that the input meets the second-user switching criteria while the second user account has an active session on the device, the device ( 298 ): (i) unlocks the device with respect to the second user account; (ii) locks the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., logs off the first user account); and (ii) replaces display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the second user account. In this way, the second user is able to gain access to active session on the device by simply providing a single biometric input. 
     Therefore, users are provided with an intuitive way to access an active, user-specific session on an electronic device by providing a single input at a biometric sensor. Providing users with an intuitive way to access an active, user-specific session in this way enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by requiring a single input or gesture at the biometric sensor to gain immediate access to the active session, therefore requiring fewer interactions to switch user accounts and login to the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to access the active session via single input. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets second-user switching criteria while the second user account does not have an active session on the device, the second-user switching criteria including a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts, the device displays, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account (e.g., an example prompt is shown on  FIG. 26A , with the text of “Touch ID disabled for initial login, please enter your password). 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets third-user switching criteria while a third user account has an active session on the device, the third-user switching criteria including a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the third user account of the plurality of user accounts, the device: (i) unlocks the device with respect to the third user account; (ii) locks the device with respect to the first user account; and (iii) replaces display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the third user account. In this way, the third user is able to gain access to active session on the device by simply providing a single biometric input. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets third-user switching criteria while the third user account does not have an active session on the device, the third-user switching criteria including a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the third user account of the plurality of user accounts, displaying, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the third user account (e.g., an example prompt is shown on  FIG. 26A , with the text of “Touch ID disabled for initial login, please enter your password). 
     In some embodiments, the first user is able to quickly and easily log back in to the device using by providing a biometric input. For example, after replacing display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the second user account (or the third user account) and while displaying the user interface that is associated with the second user account (or the third user account), the device receives a second input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor. In response to receiving the second input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the second input meets first-user switching criteria while the first user account has an active session on the device, the first-user switching criteria including a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts, the device: (i) unlocks the device with respect to the first user account; (ii) locks the device with respect to the second user account; and (iii) replaces display of the user interface associated with the second account with a user interface associated with the first user account. In this way, the first user is able to provide a single biometric input in order to immediately resume use of the electronic device (and without have to enter a password or provide any other inputs to resume user of the device). 
     In some embodiments, the input element is a button (e.g., a button that is included on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  or that is located adjacent to the secondary display  104 ) and detecting the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor includes detecting a press input via the button. For example, the input is a push input of a mechanical button, or a press input with an intensity/pressure above a predefined intensity/pressure threshold. In some embodiments, if biometric information is detected without detecting the press input, the device forgoes switching users, even if the received biometric information is consistent with a user account that is not the currently logged in user account. 
     In some embodiments, the second-user switching criteria include a criterion that the press input lasts for less than a first threshold amount of time. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the press input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the first threshold amount of time, the device enters into a low power mode (e.g., the lower power mode corresponds to a suspended state in which the display is turned off). 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the first threshold amount of time and less than a second threshold amount of time, the device enters into a low power mode. (e.g., the low power mode corresponds to a sleep/suspended state in which the display is turned off and the low power mode is entered upon an end of the press input). In accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the second threshold amount of time, the device displays a menu of options for changing a state of the device (e.g., the menu options include shut down, restart, sleep/suspend options that, when selected cause the device to shut down, restart, or sleep/suspend the device, respectively). 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than a third threshold amount of time that is greater than the second threshold amount of time, the device is restarted. 
     In some embodiments, when the user who is not currently signed in provides biometric information (e.g., places their finger on a biometric sensor of the device, such as a touch ID button that may be integrated with the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 ), the user is identified by the device based on stored biometric information, if any is available, for that user (e.g., stored fingerprint information previously received via the biometric or Touch ID sensor). In some embodiments, the user is identified before the user presses the button). In accordance with a determination that the biometric information provided by the user is valid (e.g., that it matches stored biometric information for that user), then the touch-sensitive secondary display  104  is updated to include a prompt instructing the user to “click to switch to [User Name]→”. In some embodiments, the arrow in this prompt points the user towards a location of the device where the biometric sensor is located. 
     In some embodiments, the prompt includes text that is specific to the user (e.g., the [User Name] text is replaced with a user name for the user). For example, the prompt may include the text “click to switch to Sally→” if Sally&#39;s fingerprint is detected, and “click to switch to Johnny→” if Johnny&#39;s fingerprint is detected. 
     In some embodiments, if the biometric information provided by the user is associated with a currently signed in account or if the biometric information is not recognized (i.e., is not associated with a user account of the device), then no prompt is displayed on the touch-sensitive secondary display  104 . 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 68  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 55  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  1700  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 55  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the electronic device  1700  is implemented as portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) whose components correspond to electronic device  300  ( FIG. 3 ). One of skill in the art will appreciate how the electronic device  1700  may also be implemented within desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 55 , the electronic device  1700  includes a primary display unit  1702  configured to display information (e.g., primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2D ), a physical input unit  1704  configured to receive user inputs, a touch screen display (TSD) unit  1706  configured to display information (sometimes also herein called “a touch screen display” or a “touch screen”) (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2D ), a touch-sensitive surface unit  1708  configured to receive contacts on the touch screen display unit  1706  with one or more sensors, and a processing unit  1710  coupled to the primary display unit  1702 , the physical input unit  1704 , the touch screen display unit  1706 , and the touch-sensitive surface unit  1708 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  includes: a primary display control unit  1712 , a touch screen display (TSD) control unit  1714 , a focus identifying unit  1716 , a determining unit  1718 , an input detecting unit  1720 , an input type determining unit  1722 , a performing unit  1724 , and a media playback determining unit  1726 . 
     The processing unit  1710  is configured to: cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  1712 ) a first user interface on the primary display unit  1702 , the first user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; identify (e.g., with the focus identifying unit  1716 ) an active user interface element among the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display unit  1702 ; and determine (e.g., with the determining unit  1718 ) whether the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display unit  1702  is associated with an application executed by the processing unit  1710 . In accordance with a determination that the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display unit  1702  is associated with the application, processing unit  1710  is configured to cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) a second user interface on the touch screen display unit  1706 , including: (A) a first set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application; and (B) at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device further includes: (i) a primary computing unit comprising the primary display unit  1702 , the processing unit  1710 , and a first communication circuitry unit; and (ii) an integrated input unit comprising the touch screen display unit  1706 , the touch-sensitive surface unit  1708 , the physical input unit  1704 , and a second communication circuitry unit for communicating with the first communication circuitry unit, where the integrated input device is distinct and separate from the primary computing unit. 
     In some embodiments, the physical input unit  1704  comprises a plurality of physical keys. 
     In some embodiments, the physical input unit  1704  comprises a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to execute the application in the foreground of the first user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the least one system-level affordance is configured upon selection to cause display of a plurality of system-level affordances corresponding to system-level functionalities on the touch screen display unit  1706 . 
     In some embodiments, the least one system-level affordance corresponds to one of a power control or escape control. 
     In some embodiments, at least one of the affordances displayed on the touch screen display unit  1706  within the second user interface is a multi-function affordance. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1720 ) a user touch input selecting the multi-function affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1708 ; in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1722 ) that the user touch input corresponds to a first type, perform (e.g., with the performing unit  1724 ) a first function associated with the multi-function affordance; and, in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1722 ) that the user touch input corresponds to a second type distinct from the first type, perform (e.g., with the performing unit  1724 ) a second function associated with the multi-function affordance. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the active user interface element is not associated with the application, the processing unit  1710  is configured to cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) a third user interface on the touch screen display unit  1706 , including: (C) a second set of one or more affordances corresponding to operating system controls of the electronic device  1700 , where the second set of one or more affordances are distinct from the first set of one or more affordances. 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances is an expanded set of operating system controls that includes (B) the at least one system-level affordance corresponding to the at least one system-level functionality. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1720 ) a user touch input selecting one of the first set of affordances on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1708 ; and, in response to detecting the user touch input: cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) a different set of affordances corresponding to functionalities of the application on the touch screen display unit  1706 ; and maintain display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) the at least one system-level affordance on the touch screen display unit  1706 . 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1720 ) a subsequent user touch input selecting the at least one system-level affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1708 ; and, in response to detecting the subsequent user touch input, cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) a plurality of system-level affordances corresponding to system-level functionalities and at least one application-level affordance corresponding to the application on the touch screen display unit  1706 . 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to: identify (e.g., with the focus identifying unit  1716 ) a second active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display unit  1702  after displaying the second user interface on the touch screen display unit  1706 ; and determine (e.g., with the determining unit  1718 ) whether the second active user interface element corresponds to a different application executed by the processing unit  1710 . In accordance with a determination that the second active user interface element corresponds to the different application, the processing unit  1710  is configured to cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) a fourth user interface on the touch screen display unit  1706 , including: (D) a third set of one or more affordances corresponding to the different application; and (E) the at least one system-level affordance corresponding to the at least one system-level functionality. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to: determine (e.g., with the media playback determining unit  1726 ) whether a media item is being played by the electronic device  1700  after identifying (e.g., with the focus identifying unit  1716 ) that the second active user interface element, where the media item is not associated with the different application; and, in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the media playback determining unit  1726 ) that media item is being played by the electronic device  1700 , cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) at least one persistent affordance on the fourth user interface for controlling the media item on the touch screen display unit  1706 . 
     In some embodiments, the at least one persistent affordance displays feedback that corresponds to the media item. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1720 ) a user input corresponding to an override key; and, in response to detecting the user input: cease to display (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) at least the first set of one or more affordances of the second user interface on the touch screen display unit  1706 ; and cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) a first set of default function keys on the touch screen display unit  1706 . 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1710  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1720 ) a gesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1708  in a direction that is substantially parallel to a major axis of the touch screen display unit  1706  after displaying the first set of default function keys on the touch screen display unit  1706 ; and, in response to detecting the substantially horizontal swipe gesture, cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1714 ) a second set of default function keys with at least one distinct function key on the touch screen display unit  1706 . 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to  FIGS. 3A and 4 ) or application specific chips. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 44A-44D  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B  or  FIG. 55 . For example, detection operations  626  and  628  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  370 , event recognizer  380 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  371  in event sorter  370  detects a contact on display system  312  when implemented as a touch-sensitive display, and event dispatcher module  374  delivers the event information to application  340 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  380  of application  340 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  386 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive display corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  380  activates an event handler  390  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  390  optionally uses or calls data updater  376  or object updater  377  to update the application internal state  392 . In some embodiments, event handler  390  accesses a respective GUI updater  378  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 56  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  1800  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 56  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the electronic device  1800  is implemented as portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) whose components correspond to electronic device  300  ( FIG. 3 ). One of skill in the art will appreciate how the electronic device  1800  may also be implemented within desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 56 , the electronic device  1800  includes a primary display unit  1802  configured to display information (e.g., primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2D ), a physical input unit  1804  configured to receive user inputs, a touch screen display (TSD) unit  1806  configured to display information (sometimes also herein called “a touch screen display” or a “touch screen”) (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2D ), a touch-sensitive surface unit  1808  configured to receive contacts on the touch screen display unit  1806  with one or more sensors, and a processing unit  1810  coupled to the primary display unit  1802 , the physical input unit  1804 , the touch screen display unit  1806 , and the touch-sensitive surface unit  1808 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  1810  includes: a primary display control unit  1812 , a touch screen display (TSD) control unit  1814 , an input detecting unit  1816 , and an input type determining unit  1818 . 
     The processing unit  1810  is configured to: cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  1812 ) a first user interface for an application executed by the processing unit  1810  on the primary display unit  1802 ; cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1814 ) a second user interface on the touch screen display unit  1806 , the second user interface comprising a first set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application, where the first set of one or more affordances corresponds to a first portion of the application; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1816 ) a swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1808 . In accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1818 ) that the swipe gesture was performed in a first direction (e.g., horizontal), the processing unit  1810  is configured to cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1814 ) a second set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application on the touch screen display unit  1806 , where at least one affordance in the second set of one or more affordances is distinct from the first set of one or more affordances, and where the second set of one or more affordances also corresponds to the first portion of the application. In accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1818 ) that the swipe gesture was performed in a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction (e.g., vertical), the processing unit  1810  is configured to cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1814 ) a third set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application on the touch screen display unit  1806 , where the third set of one or more affordances is distinct from the second set of one or more affordances, and where the third set of one or more affordances corresponds to a second portion of the application that is distinct from the first portion of the application. 
     In some embodiments, the second portion is displayed on the primary display unit  1802  in a compact view within the first user interface prior to detecting the swipe gesture, and the processing unit  1810  is configured to cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  1812 ) the second portion on the primary display unit  1802  in an expanded view within the first user interface in accordance with the determination that the swipe gesture was performed in the second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface for the application is displayed on the primary display unit  1802  in a full-screen mode, and the first set of one or more affordances displayed on the touch screen display unit  1806  includes controls corresponding to the full-screen mode. 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances and the third set of one or more affordances includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the third set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display unit  1806 , the processing unit  1810  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1816 ) a user input selecting the first portion on the first user interface; and, in response to detecting the user input: cease to display (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1814 ) the third set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display unit  1806 , where the third set of one or more affordances corresponds to the second portion of the application; and cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1814 ) the second set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display unit  1806 , where the second set of one or more affordances corresponds to the first portion of the application. 
     In some embodiments, the first direction is substantially parallel to a major dimension of the touch screen display unit  1806 . 
     In some embodiments, the first direction is substantially perpendicular to a major dimension of the touch screen display unit  1806 . 
     In some embodiments, the first portion is one of a menu, tab, folder, tool set, or toolbar of the application, and the second portion is one of a menu, tab, folder, tool set, or toolbar of the application. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 45A-45C  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B  or  FIG. 56 . For example, detection operation  710  is, optionally, implemented by event sorter  370 , event recognizer  380 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  371  in event sorter  370  detects a contact on display system  312  when implemented as a touch-sensitive display, and event dispatcher module  374  delivers the event information to application  340 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  380  of application  340 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  386 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive display corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  380  activates an event handler  390  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  390  optionally uses or calls data updater  376  or object updater  377  to update the application internal state  392 . In some embodiments, event handler  390  accesses a respective GUI updater  378  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 57  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  1900  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 57  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the electronic device  1900  is implemented as portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) whose components correspond to electronic device  300  ( FIG. 3 ). One of skill in the art will appreciate how the electronic device  1900  may also be implemented within desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 57 , the electronic device  1900  includes a primary display unit  1902  configured to display information (e.g., primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2D ), a physical input unit  1904  configured to receive user inputs, a touch screen display (TSD) unit  1906  configured to display information (sometimes also herein called “a touch screen display” or a “touch screen”) (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2D ), a touch-sensitive surface unit  1908  configured to receive contacts on the touch screen display unit  1906  with one or more sensors, and a processing unit  1910  coupled to the primary display unit  1902 , the physical input unit  1904 , the touch screen display unit  1906 , and the touch-sensitive surface unit  1908 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  1910  includes: a primary display control unit  1912 , a touch screen display (TSD) control unit  1914 , an input detecting unit  1916 , and a changing unit  1918 . 
     The processing unit  1910  is configured to: cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  1912 ) a first user interface for the application executed by the processing unit  1910  on the primary display unit  1902  in a normal mode, the first user interface comprising a first set of one or more affordances associated with the application; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1916 ) a user input for displaying at least a portion of the first user interface for the application in a full-screen mode on the primary display unit  1902 . In response to detecting the user input, the processing unit  1910  is configured to: cease to display (e.g., with the primary display control unit  1912 ) the first set of one or more affordances associated with the application in the first user interface on the primary display unit  1902 ; cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  1912 ) the portion of the first user interface for the application on the primary display unit  1902  in the full-screen mode; and automatically, without human intervention, cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1914 ) a second set of one or more affordances for controlling the application on the touch screen display unit  1906 , where the second set of one or more affordances correspond to the first set of one or more affordances. 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances is the first set of one or more affordances. 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances include controls corresponding to the full-screen mode. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1910  is configured to detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1916 ) a user touch input selecting one of the second set of affordances on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1908 , and, in response to detecting the user touch input, the processing unit  1910  is configured to change (e.g., with the changing unit  1918 ) the portion of the first user interface for the application being displayed in the full-screen mode on the primary display unit  1902  according to the selected one of the second set of affordances. 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the portion of the first user interface for the application in the full-screen mode on the primary display unit  1902 , the processing unit  1910  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1916 ) a subsequent user input for exiting the full-screen mode; and, in response to detecting the subsequent user input: cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  1912 ) the first user interface for the application executed by the processing unit  1910  on the primary display unit  1902  in the normal mode, the first user interface comprising the first set of one or more affordances associated with the application; and maintain display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  1914 ) at least a subset of the second set of one or more affordances for controlling the application on the touch screen display unit  1906 , where the second set of one or more affordances correspond to the first set of one or more affordances. 
     In some embodiments, the user input for displaying at least the portion of the first user interface for the application in full-screen mode on the primary display unit  1902  is at least one of a touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1908  and a control selected within the first user interface on the primary display unit  1902 . 
     In some embodiments, the second set of one or more affordances includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 46A-46B  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B  or  FIG. 57 . For example, detection operations  804  and  816  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  370 , event recognizer  380 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  371  in event sorter  370  detects a contact on display system  312  when implemented as a touch-sensitive display, and event dispatcher module  374  delivers the event information to application  340 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  380  of application  340 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  386 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive display corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  380  activates an event handler  390  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  390  optionally uses or calls data updater  376  or object updater  377  to update the application internal state  392 . In some embodiments, event handler  390  accesses a respective GUI updater  378  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 58  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  2000  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 58  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the electronic device  2000  is implemented as portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) whose components correspond to electronic device  300  ( FIG. 3 ). One of skill in the art will appreciate how the electronic device  2000  may also be implemented within desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 58 , the electronic device  2000  includes a primary display unit  2002  configured to display information (e.g., primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2D ), a physical input unit  2004  configured to receive user inputs, a touch screen display (TSD) unit  2006  configured to display information (sometimes also herein called “a touch screen display” or a “touch screen”) (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2D ), a touch-sensitive surface unit  2008  configured to receive contacts on the touch screen display unit  2006  with one or more sensors, and a processing unit  2010  coupled to the primary display unit  2002 , the physical input unit  2004 , the touch screen display unit  2006 , and the touch-sensitive surface unit  2008 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  2010  includes: a primary display control unit  2012 , a touch screen display (TSD) control unit  2014 , a notification unit  2016 , an input detecting unit  2018 , an input type determining unit  2020 , and a performing unit  2022 . 
     The processing unit  2010  is configured to: cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  2012 ) a first user interface, on the primary display unit  2002 , for an application executed by the processing unit  2010 ; cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2014 ) a second user interface, on the touch screen display unit  2006 , the second user interface comprising a set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application; detect a notification (e.g., with the notification unit  2016 ); and, in response to detecting the notification, cause concurrent display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2014 ), in the second user interface on the touch screen display unit  2006 , the set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application and at least a portion of the detected notification, where the detected notification is not displayed on the primary display unit  2002 . 
     In some embodiments, prior to detecting the notification, the processing unit  2010  is configured to detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  2018 ) a user input selecting a notification setting so as to display notifications on the touch screen display unit  2006  and to not display notifications on the primary display unit  2002 . 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  2010  is configured to detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  2018 ) a user touch input on the touch-sensitive surface unit  2008  corresponding to the portion of the detected notification. In accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  2020 ) that the user touch input corresponds to a first type (e.g., a swipe gesture), the processing unit  2010  is configured to cease to display (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2014 ) in the second user interface the portion of the detected notification on the touch screen display unit  2006 . In accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  2020 ) that the user touch input corresponds to a second type (e.g., a tap contact) distinct from the first type, the processing unit  2010  is configured to perform (e.g., with the performing unit  2022 ) an action associated with the detected notification. 
     In some embodiments, the portion of the notification displayed on the touch screen display unit  2006  prompts a user of the electronic device  2000  to select one of a plurality of options for responding to the detected notification. 
     In some embodiments, the portion of the notification displayed on the touch screen display unit  2006  includes one or more suggested responses to the detected notification. 
     In some embodiments, the notification corresponds to an at least one of an incoming instant message, SMS, email, voice call, or video call. 
     In some embodiments, the notification corresponds to a modal alert issued by an application being executed by the processing unit  2010  in response to a user input closing the application or performing an action within the application. 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more affordances includes at least one a system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality, and the notification corresponds to a user input selecting one or more portions of the input mechanism or the least one of a system-level affordance. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 47A-47B  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B  or  FIG. 58 . For example, detection operation  922  is, optionally, implemented by event sorter  370 , event recognizer  380 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  371  in event sorter  370  detects a contact on display system  312  when implemented as a touch-sensitive display, and event dispatcher module  374  delivers the event information to application  340 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  380  of application  340 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  386 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive display corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  380  activates an event handler  390  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  390  optionally uses or calls data updater  376  or object updater  377  to update the application internal state  392 . In some embodiments, event handler  390  accesses a respective GUI updater  378  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 59  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  2100  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 59  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the electronic device  2100  is implemented as portable computing system  100  ( FIGS. 1A-1B ) whose components correspond to electronic device  300  ( FIG. 3 ). One of skill in the art will appreciate how the electronic device  2100  may also be implemented within desktop computing system  200  ( FIGS. 2A-2D ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 59 , the electronic device  2100  includes a primary display unit  2102  configured to display information (e.g., primary display  102 ,  FIGS. 1A and 2A-2D ), a physical input unit  2104  configured to receive user inputs, a touch screen display (TSD) unit  2106  configured to display information (sometimes also herein called “a touch screen display” or a “touch screen”) (e.g., dynamic function row  104 ,  FIGS. 1A-1B and 2A-2D ), a touch-sensitive surface unit  2108  configured to receive contacts on the touch screen display unit  2106  with one or more sensors, and a processing unit  2110  coupled to the primary display unit  2102 , the physical input unit  2104 , the touch screen display unit  2106 , and the touch-sensitive surface unit  2108 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  2110  includes: a primary display control unit  2112 , a touch screen display (TSD) control unit  2114 , an identifying unit  2116 , an input detecting unit  2118 , and a determining unit  2120 . 
     The processing unit  2110  is configured to: cause display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  2112 ) a user interface, on the primary display unit  2102 , the user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; identify (e.g., with the identifying unit  2116 ) an active user interface element of the one or more user interface elements that is in focus on the primary display unit  2102 , where the active user interface element is associated with an application executed by the processing unit  2110 ; and, in response to identifying the active user interface element that is in focus on the primary display unit  2102 , cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2114 ) a set of one or more affordances corresponding to the application on the touch screen display unit  2106 . The processing unit  2110  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  2118 ) a user input to move a respective portion of the user interface; and, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the determining unit  2120 ) that the user input satisfies predefined action criteria: cease to display (e.g., with the primary display control unit  2112 ) the respective portion of the user interface on the primary display unit  2102 ; cease to display (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2114 ) at least a subset of the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display unit  2106 ; and cause display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2114 ) a representation of the respective portion of the user interface on the touch screen display unit  2106 . 
     In some embodiments, the respective portion of the user interface is a menu corresponding to the application executed by the processing unit  2110 . 
     In some embodiments, the respective portion of the user interface is at least one of a notification or a modal alert. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined action criteria are satisfied when the user input is a dragging gesture that drags the respective portion of the user interface to a predefined location of the primary display unit  2102 . 
     In some embodiments, the predefined action criteria are satisfied when the user input is predetermined input corresponding to moving the respective portion of the user interface to the touch screen display unit  2106 . 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the determining unit  2120 ) that the user input does not satisfy the predefined action criteria, the processing unit  2110  is configured to: maintain display of (e.g., with the primary display control unit  2112 ) the respective portion of the user interface on the primary display unit  2102 ; and maintain display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2114 ) the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display unit  2106 . 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more affordances includes at least one system-level affordance corresponding to at least one system-level functionality, and the processing unit  2110  is configured to maintain display of (e.g., with the touch screen display control unit  2114 ) the at least one system-level affordance on the touch screen display unit  2106  after displaying the representation of the respective portion of the user interface on the touch screen display unit  2106 . 
     In some embodiments, the representation of the respective portion of the user interface is overlaid on the set of one or more affordances on the touch screen display unit  2106 . 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 48A-48C  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B  or  FIG. 59 . For example, detection operation  1008  is, optionally, implemented by event sorter  370 , event recognizer  380 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  371  in event sorter  370  detects a contact on display system  312  when implemented as a touch-sensitive display, and event dispatcher module  374  delivers the event information to application  340 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  380  of application  340 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  386 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive display corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  380  activates an event handler  390  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  390  optionally uses or calls data updater  376  or object updater  377  to update the application internal state  392 . In some embodiments, event handler  390  accesses a respective GUI updater  378  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 3A-3B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 60  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  2200  (also referred to as an electronic device  2200 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 60  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  2200  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  2200  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 60 , the computing system  2200 , includes a primary display unit  2202  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2204  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a physical keyboard unit  2205  configured to receive keyboard inputs, and a processing unit  2210  coupled with the display unit  2202 , the physical keyboard unit  2205 , and the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2204 . In some embodiments, the primary display unit  2202  is part of a first housing and the physical keyboard unit  2205  and touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2204  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a request receiving unit (e.g., request receiving unit  2212 ), a displaying unit  2214  (e.g., displaying unit  2214 ), and a detecting unit (e.g., detecting unit  2216 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: receive a request (e.g., with the request receiving unit  2212 ) to open an application; in response to receiving the request: (i) display, on the primary display (e.g., with the displaying unit  2214  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2202 ), a plurality of user interface objects associated with an application executing on the computing system, the plurality including a first user interface object displayed with its associated content and other user interface objects displayed without their associated content; and (ii) display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., with the displaying unit  2214  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2204 ), a set of affordances that each represent one of the plurality of user interface objects; detect (e.g., with the detecting unit  2216 ), via the touch-sensitive display, a swipe gesture in a direction from a first affordance of the set of affordances and towards a second affordance of the set of affordances, wherein the first affordance represents the first user interface object and the second affordance represents a second user interface object that is distinct from the first user interface object; and in response to detecting the swipe gesture, update (e.g., with the displaying unit  2214 ) the primary display to cease displaying associated content for the first user interface object and to display associated content for the second user interface object. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2200 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect continuous travel of the swipe gesture (e.g., with the detecting unit  2216 ) across the touch-sensitive secondary display, including the swipe gesture contacting a third affordance that represents a third user interface object; and, in response to detecting that the swipe gesture contacts the third affordance, update the primary display to display associated content for the third user interface object. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2200 , each affordance in the set of affordance includes a representation of respective associated content for a respective user interface object of the plurality. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2200 , the processing unit is further configured to: before detecting the swipe gesture, detect an initial contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display over the first affordance (e.g., with the detecting unit  2216 ); and, in response to detecting the initial contact, increase a magnification level of the first affordance (e.g., with the displaying unit  2214  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display  2204 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2200 , the application is a web browsing application, and the plurality of user interface objects each correspond to web-browsing tabs. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2200 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect an input at a URL-input portion of the web browsing application on the primary display (e.g., with the detecting unit  2216 ); and in response to detecting the input, update the touch-sensitive secondary display to include representations of favorite URLs (e.g., with the displaying unit  2214  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2204 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2200 , the application is a photo-browsing application, and the plurality of user interface objects each correspond to individual photos. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2200 , the application is a video-editing application, and the plurality of user interface object each correspond to individual frames in a respective video. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 61  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  2300  (also referred to as an electronic device  2300 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 61  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  2300  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  2300  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 61 , the computing system  2300 , includes a primary display unit  2302  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2304  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a physical keyboard unit  2305  configured to receive keyboard inputs, and a processing unit  2310  coupled with the display unit  2302 , the physical keyboard unit  2305 , and the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2304 . In some embodiments, the primary display unit  2302  is part of a first housing and the physical keyboard unit  2305  and touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2304  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a request receiving unit (e.g., request receiving unit  2312 ), a displaying unit  2314  (e.g., displaying unit  2314 ), a detecting unit (e.g., detecting unit  2316 ), and a focus changing unit (e.g., focus changing unit  2318 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: receive a request to search within content displayed on the primary display of the computing device (e.g., with the request receiving unit  2312 ); in response to receiving the request: (i) display, on the primary display (e.g., with the displaying unit  2314  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2302 ), a plurality of search results responsive to the search, wherein focus is on a first search result of the plurality of search results; (ii) display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., with the displaying unit  2314  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display  2304 ), respective representations that each correspond to a respective search result of the plurality of search results; detect, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a touch input that selects a representation of the respective representations (e.g., with the detecting unit  2316 ), the representation corresponding to a second search result of the plurality of search results distinct from the first search result; and in response to detecting the input, change focus on the primary display to the second search result (e.g., with the displaying unit  2316  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2302 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , changing focus includes modifying, on the primary display, a visual characteristic of the particular search result. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect a gesture that moves across at least two of the respective representations on the touch-sensitive secondary display (e.g., with the detecting unit  2316 ); and, in response to detecting the gesture, change focus on the primary display to respective search results that correspond to the at least two of the respective representations as the swipe gestures moves across the at least two of the respective representations (e.g., with the displaying unit  2316  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2302 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , the processing unit is further configured to: in accordance with a determination that a speed of the gesture is above a threshold speed, change focus on the primary display to respective search results in addition to those that correspond to the at least two of the respective representations (e.g., with the displaying unit  2316  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2302 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , the gesture is a swipe gesture. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , the gesture is a flick gesture. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , the representations are tick marks that each correspond to respective search results of the search results. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , the tick marks are displayed in a row on the touch-sensitive secondary display in an order that corresponds to an ordering of the search results on the primary display. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , the request to search within the content is a request to locate a search string within the content, and the plurality of search results each include at least the search string. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2300 , displaying the plurality of search results includes highlighting the search string for each of the plurality of search results. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 62  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  2400  (also referred to as an electronic device  2400 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 62  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  2400  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  2400  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 62 , the computing system  2400 , includes a primary display unit  2402  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2404  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a physical keyboard unit  2405  configured to receive keyboard inputs, and a processing unit  2410  coupled with the display unit  2402 , the physical keyboard unit  2405 , and the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2404 . In some embodiments, the primary display unit  2402  is part of a first housing and the physical keyboard unit  2405  and touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2404  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a request receiving unit (e.g., request receiving unit  2412 ), a displaying unit  2414  (e.g., displaying unit  2414 ), a detecting unit (e.g., detecting unit  2416 ), and a modifying unit (e.g., modifying unit  2418 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: display, on the primary display, a calendar application (e.g., with the displaying unit  2414  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2402 ); receive a request to display information about an event that is associated with the calendar application (e.g., with the request receiving unit  2412 ); and in response to receiving the request: (i) display, on the primary display, event details for the first event, the event details including a start time and an end time for the event (e.g., with the displaying unit  2414  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2402 ); and (ii) display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, an affordance, the affordance indicating a range of time that at least includes the start time and the end time (e.g., with the displaying unit  2414  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2404 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2400 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, an input at the user interface control that modifies the range of time (e.g., with the detecting unit  2416 ); and in response to detecting the input: (i) modify at least one of the start time and the end time for the event in accordance with the input (e.g., with the modifying unit  2418 ); and (ii) display, on the primary display, a modified range of time for the event in accordance with the input (e.g., with the displaying unit  2414  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2402 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2400 , the processing unit is further configured to: save the event with the modified start and/or end time to the memory of the computing system. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2400 , the input that modifies the range of time is a press input that remains in contact with the affordance for more than a threshold amount of time and then moves at least a portion the affordance on the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     In some embodiments of the computing device  2400 , the input that modifies the range of time is a swipe gesture that moves across the touch-sensitive secondary display and causes the computing system to select a new start time and a new end time for the event, wherein the new start and end times correspond to a time slot that is of a same duration covered by the start and end times. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 63  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  2500  (also referred to as an electronic device  2500 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 63  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  2500  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  2500  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 63 , the computing system  2500 , includes a primary display unit  2502  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2504  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a physical keyboard unit  2505  configured to receive keyboard inputs, and a processing unit  2510  coupled with the display unit  2502 , the physical keyboard unit  2505 , and the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2504 . In some embodiments, the primary display unit  2502  is part of a first housing and the physical keyboard unit  2505  and touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2504  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a selection receiving unit (e.g., selection receiving unit  2512 ), a displaying unit  2514  (e.g., displaying unit  2514 ), a detecting unit (e.g., detecting unit  2516 ), and a performance initiating unit (e.g., performance initiating unit  2518 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: detect a new connection between the computing system and an external device distinct from the computing system (e.g., with the detecting unit  2516 ); and in response to detecting the new connection, display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a plurality of affordances corresponding to functions available via the external device (e.g., with the displaying unit  2514  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2504 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2500 , the processing unit is further configured to: receive, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a selection of a first affordance that corresponds to a first function available via the external device (e.g., via the selection receiving unit  2512 ); and in response to receiving the selection, initiate performance of the first function (e.g., with the performance initiating unit  2518 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2500 , the external device is an additional display, distinct from the primary display and the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2500 , the plurality of affordances include a first affordance that, when selected, causes the computing system to initiate performance of a display mirroring function via the additional display. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 64  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  2600  (also referred to as an electronic device  2600 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 64  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  2600  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  2600  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 64 , the computing system  2600 , includes a primary display unit  2602  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2604  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a physical keyboard unit  2605  configured to receive keyboard inputs, and a processing unit  2610  coupled with the display unit  2602 , the physical keyboard unit  2605 , and the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2604 . In some embodiments, the primary display unit  2602  is part of a first housing and the physical keyboard unit  2605  and touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2604  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a displaying unit (e.g., displaying unit  2612 ), a detecting unit  2614  (e.g., detecting unit  2614 ), and a replacing unit (e.g., replacing unit  2616 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: display, on the primary display, a user interface for an application that is executing on the computing system (e.g., with the displaying unit  2612  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2602 ); detect a first input at a particular location within the user interface (e.g., with the detecting unit  2614 ); and in response to detecting the first input, display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a set of affordances that each correspond to distinct characters (e.g., with the displaying unit  2612  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2604 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, a second input over a first affordance that corresponds to a first character of the distinct characters (e.g., with the detecting unit  2614 ); and in response to detecting the second input, display on the primary display a preview of the first character at the particular location while the input remains in contact with the first affordance (e.g., with the displaying unit  2612  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2602 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, movement of the second input from the first affordance and to a second affordance that corresponds to a second character of the distinct characters (e.g., with the detecting unit  2614 ); and in response to detecting the movement of the second input from the first affordance and to the second affordance, replace the preview of the first character with a preview of the second character (e.g., with the replacing unit  2616 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the processing unit is further configured to: determine affordances to include in the set of affordances based at least in part on textual content included in the user interface. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the determining is conducted in response to detecting that a user has modified textual content included in the user interface. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect liftoff of the second input while it is contact with second affordance and, in response to detecting liftoff, update the user interface to include the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect an additional input while second input is in contact with second affordance and, in response to detecting the additional input, update the user interface to include the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the processing unit is further configured to: as the second input continues to move across the touch-sensitive secondary display, display previews for respective characters of the distinct characters as corresponding affordances in the set of affordances are contacted by the second input. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2600 , the preview of second character remains displayed on the primary display while the input remains in contact with the second affordance. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 65  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  2700  (also referred to as an electronic device  2700 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 65  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  2700  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  2700  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 65 , the computing system  2700 , includes a primary display unit  2702  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2704  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a physical keyboard unit  2705  configured to receive keyboard inputs, and a processing unit  2710  coupled with the display unit  2702 , the physical keyboard unit  2705 , and the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2704 . In some embodiments, the primary display unit  2702  is part of a first housing and the physical keyboard unit  2705  and touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2704  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a request receiving unit (e.g., request receiving unit  2712 ), a displaying unit  2714  (e.g., displaying unit  2714 ), a detecting unit (e.g., detecting unit  2716 ), and a content rendering unit (e.g., content rendering unit  2718 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: receive a request to open a content-editing application (e.g., with the request receiving unit  2712 ); in response to receiving the request: (i) display, on the primary display, the content-editing application (e.g., with the displaying unit  2714  in conjunction with the primary display unit  2702 ); and (ii) display, on the touch-sensitive secondary display, a user interface control for modifying at least one visual characteristic that is used to render content within the content-editing application (e.g., with the displaying unit  2714  in conjunction with the touch-sensitive secondary display unit  2704 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the processing unit is further configured to: detect, via the touch-sensitive secondary display, an input at the user interface control that selects a first value for the at least one visual characteristic (e.g., with the detecting unit  2716 ); and after detecting the input, render content in the content-editing application using the first value for the at least one visual characteristic (e.g., with the content rendering unit  2718 ). 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the user interface control includes respective controls that each correspond to a respective value for the at least one visual characteristic along a sliding scale of values. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the sliding scale of values represents distinct shades of color. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the first value corresponds to a first shade of a first color and the processing unit is further configured to: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies predetermined criteria, modify the user interface control on the touch-sensitive secondary display to include options for selecting other shades of the first color, distinct from the first shade of the first color. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the processing unit is further configured to: before rendering the content, receive a selection of the content, wherein rendering the content includes presenting a preview of the content using the first value for the at least one visual characteristic. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the preview is presented while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive secondary display. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting liftoff of the input, cease to display the preview. 
     In some embodiments of the computing system  2700 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting liftoff of the input, display the portion of the editable content with the modified value for the at least one visual characteristic. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 68  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  3000  (also referred to as an electronic device  3000 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 68  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  3000  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  3000  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 68 , the computing system  3000 , includes a display unit  3002  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a secondary display unit  3004  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a biometric sensor unit  3005  configured to biometric inputs from a user, and a processing unit  3010  coupled with the display unit  3002 , the secondary display unit  3004 , and the biometric unit  3005 . In some embodiments, the display unit  3002  is part of a first housing and the biometric sensor unit  3005  and secondary display unit  3004  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a biometric information receiving unit (e.g., biometric information receiving unit  3012 ), a displaying unit  3014  (e.g., displaying unit  3014 ), an unlocking unit (e.g., unlocking unit  3016 ), and a receiving unit (e.g., receiving unit  3018 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: while the device is in a locked state, display a respective log-in user interface that is associated with logging in to a plurality of user accounts including a first user account and a second user account (e.g., with the displaying unit  3014 ); while displaying the log-in user interface, receive biometric information about a user (e.g., with the biometric information receiving unit  3012 ); in response to receiving the biometric information: (i) in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts while the first user account does not have an active session on the device, display, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the first user account (e.g., with the displaying unit  3014 ); and (ii) in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts while the second user account does not have an active session on the device, display, on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account (e.g., with the displaying unit  3014 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts while the first user account has an active session on the device, unlock the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., with the unlocking unit  3016 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts while the second user account has an active session on the device, unlock the device with respect to the second user account (e.g., with the unlocking unit  3016 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information is not consistent with biometric information for the any user account of the device, maintain the device in the locked state. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the log-in user interface includes a plurality of selectable affordances that correspond to the plurality of user accounts. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the processing unit is further configured to: while displaying the prompt to input a log-in credential for the first user account, receive entry of a log-in credential (e.g., with the receiving unit  3018 ); and in response to receiving entry of the log-in credential: in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the first user account, unlock the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., with the unlocking unit  3016 ); and in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is not consistent with a log-in credential for the first user account, maintain the device in the locked state. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the processing unit is further configured to: while displaying the prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account, receive entry of a log-in credential (e.g., with the receiving unit  3018 ); and in response to receiving entry of the log-in credential: in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is consistent with a log-in credential for the second user account, unlock the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., with the unlocking unit  3016 ); and in accordance with a determination that the log-in credential is not consistent with a log-in credential for the second user account, maintain the device in the locked state. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the log-in user interface includes instructions to provide biometric information. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the electronic device includes a secondary display that is adjacent to the biometric sensor; and the processing unit is further configured to, while displaying the log-in user interface on the display of the device, display instructions at the secondary display to provide biometric information via the biometric sensor. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the biometric sensor is a fingerprint sensor. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the biometric sensor is a facial detection sensor. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3000 , the biometric sensor is a retina scanner. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 69  shows a functional block diagram of a computing system  3100  (also referred to as an electronic device  3100 ) configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 69  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. For ease of discussion, the computing system  3100  is implemented as a portable computing system  100  ( FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, the computing system  3100  is implemented in accordance with any of the devices/systems shown in  FIGS. 1A-2D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 69 , the computing system  3100 , includes a display unit  3102  configured to display information (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 , also referred to as a primary touch screen, primary touch-sensitive display, and primary touch screen display,  FIG. 1A ), a secondary display unit  3104  configured to receive contacts, gestures, and other user inputs on the touch-sensitive display, a biometric sensor unit  3105  configured to biometric inputs from a user, and a processing unit  3110  coupled with the display unit  3102 , the secondary display unit  3104 , and the biometric unit  3105 . In some embodiments, the display unit  3102  is part of a first housing and the biometric sensor unit  3105  and secondary display unit  3104  are part of a second housing distinct from the first housing. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a biometric information receiving unit (e.g., biometric information receiving unit  3112 ), a displaying unit  3114  (e.g., displaying unit  3114 ), an unlocking unit (e.g., unlocking unit  3116 ), a locking unit (e.g., locking unit  3118 ), a receiving unit (e.g., receiving unit  3120 ), a low power mode entering unit (e.g., low power mode entering unit  3122 ), and a restarting unit (e.g., restarting unit  3124 ). 
     The processing unit is configured to: while the device is logged in to a first user account, display a user interface that is associated with the first user account (e.g., with the displaying unit  3114 ). The device is associated with a plurality of user accounts including the first user account and a second user account, and the second user account is associated with biometric information that enables logging in to the second user account. While displaying the user interface that is associated with the first user account, the processing unit is configured to receive an input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor (e.g., with the biometric information receiving unit  3112 ). In response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor, the processing unit is configured to: in accordance with a determination that the input meets second-user switching criteria while the second user account has an active session on the device, wherein the second-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts: (i) unlock the device with respect to the second user account (e.g., with the unlocking unit  3116 ); (ii) lock the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., with the locking unit  3118 ); and (iii) replace display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the second user account (e.g., with the displaying unit  3114 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets second-user switching criteria while the second user account does not have an active session on the device, wherein the second-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the second user account of the plurality of user accounts, display (e.g., with the displaying unit  3114 ), on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the second user account. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets third-user switching criteria while a third user account has an active session on the device, wherein the third-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the third user account of the plurality of user accounts: (i) unlock the device with respect to the third user account (e.g., with the unlocking unit  3116 ); (ii) lock the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., with the locking unit  3118 ); and (iii) replace display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the third user account (e.g., with the displaying unit  3114 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the input meets third-user switching criteria while the third user account does not have an active session on the device, wherein the third-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the third user account of the plurality of user accounts, display (e.g., with the displaying unit  3114 ), on the display, a prompt to input a log-in credential for the third user account. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the input element is a button, and the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor includes detecting a press input via the button. 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the second-user switching criteria include a criterion that the press input lasts for less than a first threshold amount of time; and the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the press input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the first threshold amount of time, put the device into a low power mode (e.g., with the low power mode entering unit  3122 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the second-user switching criteria include a criterion that the button press for less than a first threshold amount of time; and the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the first threshold amount of time and less than a second threshold amount of time, put the device into a low power mode (e.g., with the low power mode entering unit  3122 ); and in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than the second threshold amount of time, display a menu of options for changing a state of the device (e.g., with the displaying unit  3114 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the processing unit is further configured to, in response to receiving the input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the press input with the button lasts longer than a third threshold amount of time that is greater than the second threshold amount of time, restart the device (e.g., with the restarting unit  3124 ). 
     In some embodiments of the electronic device  3100 , the processing unit is further configured to, after replacing display of the user interface associated with the first account with a user interface associated with the second user account: while displaying the user interface that is associated with the second user account, receive a second input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor (e.g., with the biometric information receiving unit  3112 ); in response to receiving the second input via the input element with the integrated biometric sensor: in accordance with a determination that the second input meets first-user switching criteria while the first user account has an active session on the device, wherein the first-user switching criteria include a requirement that biometric information detected during the input with the input element is consistent with biometric information for the first user account of the plurality of user accounts: (i) unlock the device with respect to the first user account (e.g., with the unlocking unit  3116 ); (ii) lock the device with respect to the second user account (e.g., with the locking unit  3118 ); and (iii) replace display of the user interface associated with the second account with a user interface associated with the first user account (e.g., with the displaying unit  3114 ). 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best use the invention and various described embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20190321
Publication Date: 20200721
Grant Date: 20200721
Priority Date: 20160729
Inventors: SEPULVEDA, Raymond S.
WONG, CHUN KIN MINOR
COFFMAN, PATRICK L.
EDWARDS, Dylan R.
WILSON, ERIC LANCE
SUZUKI, Gregg S.
WILSON, CHRISTOPHER I.
YANG, LAWRENCE Y.
SOUZA DOS SANTOS, ANDRE
BERNSTEIN, JEFFREY T.
KERR, DUNCAN R.
MORRELL, JOHN B.
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "G06F21/31", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04886", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0487", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04817", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F21/32", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04842", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0416", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F2203/04805", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F21/31", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04817", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/042", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1647", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1615", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0412", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1615", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/042", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0488", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0412", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/023", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1647", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F2203/04805", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04817", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/016", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0233", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/048", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0416", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/016", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1615", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/042", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04817", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1647", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0412", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F2203/04805", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 59380818